author | paulson |
Wed, 03 Feb 1999 13:23:24 +0100 | |
changeset 6170 | 9a59cf8ae9b5 |
parent 6141 | a6922171b396 |
child 6406 | 0f6076dca737 |
permissions | -rw-r--r-- |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 |
%% $Id$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 |
\chapter{Higher-Order Logic} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3 |
\index{higher-order logic|(} |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
4 |
\index{HOL system@{\sc hol} system} |
1162 | 5 |
|
6 |
The theory~\thydx{HOL} implements higher-order logic. It is based on |
|
7 |
Gordon's~{\sc hol} system~\cite{mgordon-hol}, which itself is based on |
|
3152 | 8 |
Church's original paper~\cite{church40}. Andrews's |
9 |
book~\cite{andrews86} is a full description of the original |
|
10 |
Church-style higher-order logic. Experience with the {\sc hol} system |
|
11 |
has demonstrated that higher-order logic is widely applicable in many |
|
12 |
areas of mathematics and computer science, not just hardware |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
13 |
verification, {\sc hol}'s original \textit{raison d'\^etre\/}. It is |
3152 | 14 |
weaker than {\ZF} set theory but for most applications this does not |
15 |
matter. If you prefer {\ML} to Lisp, you will probably prefer \HOL\ |
|
16 |
to~{\ZF}. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
2926 | 18 |
The syntax of \HOL\footnote{Earlier versions of Isabelle's \HOL\ used a |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
19 |
different syntax. Ancient releases of Isabelle included still another version |
2926 | 20 |
of~\HOL, with explicit type inference rules~\cite{paulson-COLOG}. This |
21 |
version no longer exists, but \thydx{ZF} supports a similar style of |
|
22 |
reasoning.} follows $\lambda$-calculus and functional programming. Function |
|
23 |
application is curried. To apply the function~$f$ of type |
|
24 |
$\tau@1\To\tau@2\To\tau@3$ to the arguments~$a$ and~$b$ in \HOL, you simply |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
25 |
write $f\,a\,b$. There is no `apply' operator as in \thydx{ZF}. Note that |
2926 | 26 |
$f(a,b)$ means ``$f$ applied to the pair $(a,b)$'' in \HOL. We write ordered |
27 |
pairs as $(a,b)$, not $\langle a,b\rangle$ as in {\ZF}. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28 |
|
1162 | 29 |
\HOL\ has a distinct feel, compared with {\ZF} and {\CTT}. It |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
30 |
identifies object-level types with meta-level types, taking advantage of |
6170 | 31 |
Isabelle's built-in type-checker. It identifies object-level functions |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
32 |
with meta-level functions, so it uses Isabelle's operations for abstraction |
2926 | 33 |
and application. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
34 |
|
3152 | 35 |
These identifications allow Isabelle to support \HOL\ particularly |
36 |
nicely, but they also mean that \HOL\ requires more sophistication |
|
37 |
from the user --- in particular, an understanding of Isabelle's type |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
38 |
system. Beginners should work with \texttt{show_types} (or even |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
39 |
\texttt{show_sorts}) set to \texttt{true}. |
2926 | 40 |
% Gain experience by |
41 |
%working in first-order logic before attempting to use higher-order logic. |
|
42 |
%This chapter assumes familiarity with~{\FOL{}}. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
43 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
44 |
|
2926 | 45 |
\begin{figure} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
46 |
\begin{constants} |
2926 | 47 |
\it name &\it meta-type & \it description \\ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
48 |
\cdx{Trueprop}& $bool\To prop$ & coercion to $prop$\\ |
2926 | 49 |
\cdx{Not} & $bool\To bool$ & negation ($\neg$) \\ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
50 |
\cdx{True} & $bool$ & tautology ($\top$) \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
51 |
\cdx{False} & $bool$ & absurdity ($\bot$) \\ |
2926 | 52 |
\cdx{If} & $[bool,\alpha,\alpha]\To\alpha$ & conditional \\ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
53 |
\cdx{Let} & $[\alpha,\alpha\To\beta]\To\beta$ & let binder |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
54 |
\end{constants} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
55 |
\subcaption{Constants} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
56 |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
57 |
\begin{constants} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
58 |
\index{"@@{\tt\at} symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
59 |
\index{*"! symbol}\index{*"? symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
60 |
\index{*"?"! symbol}\index{*"E"X"! symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
61 |
\it symbol &\it name &\it meta-type & \it description \\ |
2926 | 62 |
\tt\at & \cdx{Eps} & $(\alpha\To bool)\To\alpha$ & |
63 |
Hilbert description ($\varepsilon$) \\ |
|
64 |
{\tt!~} or \sdx{ALL} & \cdx{All} & $(\alpha\To bool)\To bool$ & |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
65 |
universal quantifier ($\forall$) \\ |
2926 | 66 |
{\tt?~} or \sdx{EX} & \cdx{Ex} & $(\alpha\To bool)\To bool$ & |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
67 |
existential quantifier ($\exists$) \\ |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
68 |
{\tt?!} or \texttt{EX!} & \cdx{Ex1} & $(\alpha\To bool)\To bool$ & |
2926 | 69 |
unique existence ($\exists!$)\\ |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
70 |
\texttt{LEAST} & \cdx{Least} & $(\alpha::ord \To bool)\To\alpha$ & |
2926 | 71 |
least element |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
72 |
\end{constants} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73 |
\subcaption{Binders} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
74 |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
75 |
\begin{constants} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
76 |
\index{*"= symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
77 |
\index{&@{\tt\&} symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
78 |
\index{*"| symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
79 |
\index{*"-"-"> symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
80 |
\it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
81 |
\sdx{o} & $[\beta\To\gamma,\alpha\To\beta]\To (\alpha\To\gamma)$ & |
1234 | 82 |
Left 55 & composition ($\circ$) \\ |
2926 | 83 |
\tt = & $[\alpha,\alpha]\To bool$ & Left 50 & equality ($=$) \\ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
84 |
\tt < & $[\alpha::ord,\alpha]\To bool$ & Left 50 & less than ($<$) \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
85 |
\tt <= & $[\alpha::ord,\alpha]\To bool$ & Left 50 & |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
86 |
less than or equals ($\leq$)\\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
87 |
\tt \& & $[bool,bool]\To bool$ & Right 35 & conjunction ($\conj$) \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
88 |
\tt | & $[bool,bool]\To bool$ & Right 30 & disjunction ($\disj$) \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
89 |
\tt --> & $[bool,bool]\To bool$ & Right 25 & implication ($\imp$) |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
90 |
\end{constants} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
91 |
\subcaption{Infixes} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
92 |
\caption{Syntax of \texttt{HOL}} \label{hol-constants} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
93 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
94 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
95 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
96 |
\begin{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
97 |
\index{*let symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
98 |
\index{*in symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
99 |
\dquotes |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100 |
\[\begin{array}{rclcl} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101 |
term & = & \hbox{expression of class~$term$} \\ |
2926 | 102 |
& | & "\at~" id " . " formula \\ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
103 |
& | & |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
104 |
\multicolumn{3}{l}{"let"~id~"="~term";"\dots";"~id~"="~term~"in"~term} \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
105 |
& | & |
2926 | 106 |
\multicolumn{3}{l}{"if"~formula~"then"~term~"else"~term} \\ |
107 |
& | & "LEAST"~ id " . " formula \\[2ex] |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
108 |
formula & = & \hbox{expression of type~$bool$} \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
109 |
& | & term " = " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
110 |
& | & term " \ttilde= " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
111 |
& | & term " < " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
112 |
& | & term " <= " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
113 |
& | & "\ttilde\ " formula \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
114 |
& | & formula " \& " formula \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
115 |
& | & formula " | " formula \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
116 |
& | & formula " --> " formula \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
117 |
& | & "!~~~" id~id^* " . " formula |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
118 |
& | & "ALL~" id~id^* " . " formula \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
119 |
& | & "?~~~" id~id^* " . " formula |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
120 |
& | & "EX~~" id~id^* " . " formula \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
121 |
& | & "?!~~" id~id^* " . " formula |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
122 |
& | & "EX!~" id~id^* " . " formula |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
123 |
\end{array} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
124 |
\] |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
125 |
\caption{Full grammar for \HOL} \label{hol-grammar} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
126 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
127 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
128 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
129 |
\section{Syntax} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
130 |
|
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
131 |
Figure~\ref{hol-constants} lists the constants (including infixes and |
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
132 |
binders), while Fig.\ts\ref{hol-grammar} presents the grammar of |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
133 |
higher-order logic. Note that $a$\verb|~=|$b$ is translated to |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
134 |
$\neg(a=b)$. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
135 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
136 |
\begin{warn} |
1162 | 137 |
\HOL\ has no if-and-only-if connective; logical equivalence is expressed |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
138 |
using equality. But equality has a high priority, as befitting a |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
139 |
relation, while if-and-only-if typically has the lowest priority. Thus, |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
140 |
$\neg\neg P=P$ abbreviates $\neg\neg (P=P)$ and not $(\neg\neg P)=P$. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
141 |
When using $=$ to mean logical equivalence, enclose both operands in |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
142 |
parentheses. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
143 |
\end{warn} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
144 |
|
2926 | 145 |
\subsection{Types and classes} |
3152 | 146 |
The universal type class of higher-order terms is called~\cldx{term}. |
147 |
By default, explicit type variables have class \cldx{term}. In |
|
148 |
particular the equality symbol and quantifiers are polymorphic over |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
149 |
class \texttt{term}. |
2926 | 150 |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
151 |
The type of formulae, \tydx{bool}, belongs to class \cldx{term}; thus, |
3152 | 152 |
formulae are terms. The built-in type~\tydx{fun}, which constructs |
153 |
function types, is overloaded with arity {\tt(term,\thinspace |
|
154 |
term)\thinspace term}. Thus, $\sigma\To\tau$ belongs to class~{\tt |
|
155 |
term} if $\sigma$ and~$\tau$ do, allowing quantification over |
|
156 |
functions. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
157 |
|
3152 | 158 |
\HOL\ offers various methods for introducing new types. |
159 |
See~\S\ref{sec:HOL:Types} and~\S\ref{sec:HOL:datatype}. |
|
2926 | 160 |
|
3152 | 161 |
Theory \thydx{Ord} defines the syntactic class \cldx{ord} of order |
162 |
signatures; the relations $<$ and $\leq$ are polymorphic over this |
|
163 |
class, as are the functions \cdx{mono}, \cdx{min} and \cdx{max}, and |
|
164 |
the \cdx{LEAST} operator. \thydx{Ord} also defines a subclass |
|
165 |
\cldx{order} of \cldx{ord} which axiomatizes partially ordered types |
|
166 |
(w.r.t.\ $\le$). |
|
2926 | 167 |
|
3152 | 168 |
Three other syntactic type classes --- \cldx{plus}, \cldx{minus} and |
169 |
\cldx{times} --- permit overloading of the operators {\tt+},\index{*"+ |
|
170 |
symbol} {\tt-}\index{*"- symbol} and {\tt*}.\index{*"* symbol} In |
|
171 |
particular, {\tt-} is instantiated for set difference and subtraction |
|
172 |
on natural numbers. |
|
2926 | 173 |
|
174 |
If you state a goal containing overloaded functions, you may need to include |
|
175 |
type constraints. Type inference may otherwise make the goal more |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
176 |
polymorphic than you intended, with confusing results. For example, the |
2926 | 177 |
variables $i$, $j$ and $k$ in the goal $i \le j \Imp i \le j+k$ have type |
178 |
$\alpha::\{ord,plus\}$, although you may have expected them to have some |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
179 |
numeric type, e.g. $nat$. Instead you should have stated the goal as |
2926 | 180 |
$(i::nat) \le j \Imp i \le j+k$, which causes all three variables to have |
181 |
type $nat$. |
|
182 |
||
183 |
\begin{warn} |
|
184 |
If resolution fails for no obvious reason, try setting |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
185 |
\ttindex{show_types} to \texttt{true}, causing Isabelle to display |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
186 |
types of terms. Possibly set \ttindex{show_sorts} to \texttt{true} as |
3152 | 187 |
well, causing Isabelle to display type classes and sorts. |
2926 | 188 |
|
189 |
\index{unification!incompleteness of} |
|
190 |
Where function types are involved, Isabelle's unification code does not |
|
191 |
guarantee to find instantiations for type variables automatically. Be |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
192 |
prepared to use \ttindex{res_inst_tac} instead of \texttt{resolve_tac}, |
2926 | 193 |
possibly instantiating type variables. Setting |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
194 |
\ttindex{Unify.trace_types} to \texttt{true} causes Isabelle to report |
2926 | 195 |
omitted search paths during unification.\index{tracing!of unification} |
196 |
\end{warn} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
197 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
198 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
199 |
\subsection{Binders} |
3160 | 200 |
|
5151 | 201 |
Hilbert's {\bf description} operator~$\varepsilon x. P[x]$ stands for |
3152 | 202 |
some~$x$ satisfying~$P$, if such exists. Since all terms in \HOL\ |
203 |
denote something, a description is always meaningful, but we do not |
|
204 |
know its value unless $P$ defines it uniquely. We may write |
|
5151 | 205 |
descriptions as \cdx{Eps}($\lambda x. P[x]$) or use the syntax |
6076 | 206 |
\hbox{\tt \at $x$.\ $P[x]$}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
207 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
208 |
Existential quantification is defined by |
5151 | 209 |
\[ \exists x. P~x \;\equiv\; P(\varepsilon x. P~x). \] |
210 |
The unique existence quantifier, $\exists!x. P$, is defined in terms |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
211 |
of~$\exists$ and~$\forall$. An Isabelle binder, it admits nested |
5151 | 212 |
quantifications. For instance, $\exists!x\,y. P\,x\,y$ abbreviates |
213 |
$\exists!x. \exists!y. P\,x\,y$; note that this does not mean that there |
|
3160 | 214 |
exists a unique pair $(x,y)$ satisfying~$P\,x\,y$. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
215 |
|
1162 | 216 |
\index{*"! symbol}\index{*"? symbol}\index{HOL system@{\sc hol} system} |
217 |
Quantifiers have two notations. As in Gordon's {\sc hol} system, \HOL\ |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
218 |
uses~{\tt!}\ and~{\tt?}\ to stand for $\forall$ and $\exists$. The |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
219 |
existential quantifier must be followed by a space; thus {\tt?x} is an |
5151 | 220 |
unknown, while \verb'? x. f x=y' is a quantification. Isabelle's usual |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
221 |
notation for quantifiers, \sdx{ALL} and \sdx{EX}, is also |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
222 |
available. Both notations are accepted for input. The {\ML} reference |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 |
\ttindexbold{HOL_quantifiers} governs the output notation. If set to {\tt |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
224 |
true}, then~{\tt!}\ and~{\tt?}\ are displayed; this is the default. If set |
6076 | 225 |
to \texttt{false}, then~\texttt{ALL} and~\texttt{EX} are displayed. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
226 |
|
3152 | 227 |
If $\tau$ is a type of class \cldx{ord}, $P$ a formula and $x$ a |
5151 | 228 |
variable of type $\tau$, then the term \cdx{LEAST}~$x. P[x]$ is defined |
3152 | 229 |
to be the least (w.r.t.\ $\le$) $x$ such that $P~x$ holds (see |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
230 |
Fig.~\ref{hol-defs}). The definition uses Hilbert's $\varepsilon$ |
3160 | 231 |
choice operator, so \texttt{Least} is always meaningful, but may yield |
232 |
nothing useful in case there is not a unique least element satisfying |
|
233 |
$P$.\footnote{Class $ord$ does not require much of its instances, so |
|
234 |
$\le$ need not be a well-ordering, not even an order at all!} |
|
2926 | 235 |
|
3152 | 236 |
\medskip All these binders have priority 10. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
237 |
|
2926 | 238 |
\begin{warn} |
239 |
The low priority of binders means that they need to be enclosed in |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
240 |
parenthesis when they occur in the context of other operations. For example, |
5151 | 241 |
instead of $P \land \forall x. Q$ you need to write $P \land (\forall x. Q)$. |
2926 | 242 |
\end{warn} |
243 |
||
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
244 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
245 |
\subsection{The \sdx{let} and \sdx{case} constructions} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
246 |
Local abbreviations can be introduced by a \texttt{let} construct whose |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
247 |
syntax appears in Fig.\ts\ref{hol-grammar}. Internally it is translated into |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
248 |
the constant~\cdx{Let}. It can be expanded by rewriting with its |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
249 |
definition, \tdx{Let_def}. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
250 |
|
1162 | 251 |
\HOL\ also defines the basic syntax |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
252 |
\[\dquotes"case"~e~"of"~c@1~"=>"~e@1~"|" \dots "|"~c@n~"=>"~e@n\] |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
253 |
as a uniform means of expressing \texttt{case} constructs. Therefore \texttt{case} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
254 |
and \sdx{of} are reserved words. Initially, this is mere syntax and has no |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
255 |
logical meaning. By declaring translations, you can cause instances of the |
6076 | 256 |
\texttt{case} construct to denote applications of particular case operators. |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
257 |
This is what happens automatically for each \texttt{datatype} definition |
2926 | 258 |
(see~\S\ref{sec:HOL:datatype}). |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
259 |
|
2926 | 260 |
\begin{warn} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
261 |
Both \texttt{if} and \texttt{case} constructs have as low a priority as |
3152 | 262 |
quantifiers, which requires additional enclosing parentheses in the context |
3959 | 263 |
of most other operations. For example, instead of $f~x = {\tt if\dots |
264 |
then\dots else}\dots$ you need to write $f~x = ({\tt if\dots then\dots |
|
265 |
else\dots})$. |
|
2926 | 266 |
\end{warn} |
267 |
||
268 |
\section{Rules of inference} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
269 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
270 |
\begin{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
271 |
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother |
3152 | 272 |
\tdx{refl} t = (t::'a) |
273 |
\tdx{subst} [| s = t; P s |] ==> P (t::'a) |
|
5151 | 274 |
\tdx{ext} (!!x::'a. (f x :: 'b) = g x) ==> (\%x. f x) = (\%x. g x) |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
275 |
\tdx{impI} (P ==> Q) ==> P-->Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
276 |
\tdx{mp} [| P-->Q; P |] ==> Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
277 |
\tdx{iff} (P-->Q) --> (Q-->P) --> (P=Q) |
5151 | 278 |
\tdx{selectI} P(x::'a) ==> P(@x. P x) |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
279 |
\tdx{True_or_False} (P=True) | (P=False) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
280 |
\end{ttbox} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
281 |
\caption{The \texttt{HOL} rules} \label{hol-rules} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
282 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
283 |
|
3160 | 284 |
Figure~\ref{hol-rules} shows the primitive inference rules of~\HOL{}, |
285 |
with their~{\ML} names. Some of the rules deserve additional |
|
286 |
comments: |
|
2926 | 287 |
\begin{ttdescription} |
288 |
\item[\tdx{ext}] expresses extensionality of functions. |
|
289 |
\item[\tdx{iff}] asserts that logically equivalent formulae are |
|
290 |
equal. |
|
291 |
\item[\tdx{selectI}] gives the defining property of the Hilbert |
|
292 |
$\varepsilon$-operator. It is a form of the Axiom of Choice. The derived rule |
|
293 |
\tdx{select_equality} (see below) is often easier to use. |
|
294 |
\item[\tdx{True_or_False}] makes the logic classical.\footnote{In |
|
295 |
fact, the $\varepsilon$-operator already makes the logic classical, as |
|
296 |
shown by Diaconescu; see Paulson~\cite{paulson-COLOG} for details.} |
|
297 |
\end{ttdescription} |
|
298 |
||
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
299 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
300 |
\begin{figure}\hfuzz=4pt%suppress "Overfull \hbox" message |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
301 |
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother |
5151 | 302 |
\tdx{True_def} True == ((\%x::bool. x)=(\%x. x)) |
303 |
\tdx{All_def} All == (\%P. P = (\%x. True)) |
|
304 |
\tdx{Ex_def} Ex == (\%P. P(@x. P x)) |
|
305 |
\tdx{False_def} False == (!P. P) |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306 |
\tdx{not_def} not == (\%P. P-->False) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307 |
\tdx{and_def} op & == (\%P Q. !R. (P-->Q-->R) --> R) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 |
\tdx{or_def} op | == (\%P Q. !R. (P-->R) --> (Q-->R) --> R) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
309 |
\tdx{Ex1_def} Ex1 == (\%P. ? x. P x & (! y. P y --> y=x)) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
310 |
|
3152 | 311 |
\tdx{o_def} op o == (\%(f::'b=>'c) g x::'a. f(g x)) |
312 |
\tdx{if_def} If P x y == |
|
313 |
(\%P x y. @z::'a.(P=True --> z=x) & (P=False --> z=y)) |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
314 |
\tdx{Let_def} Let s f == f s |
3152 | 315 |
\tdx{Least_def} Least P == @x. P(x) & (ALL y. P(y) --> x <= y)" |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
316 |
\end{ttbox} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
317 |
\caption{The \texttt{HOL} definitions} \label{hol-defs} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
318 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
319 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
320 |
|
1162 | 321 |
\HOL{} follows standard practice in higher-order logic: only a few |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
322 |
connectives are taken as primitive, with the remainder defined obscurely |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
323 |
(Fig.\ts\ref{hol-defs}). Gordon's {\sc hol} system expresses the |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
324 |
corresponding definitions \cite[page~270]{mgordon-hol} using |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
325 |
object-equality~({\tt=}), which is possible because equality in |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
326 |
higher-order logic may equate formulae and even functions over formulae. |
1162 | 327 |
But theory~\HOL{}, like all other Isabelle theories, uses |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
328 |
meta-equality~({\tt==}) for definitions. |
2926 | 329 |
\begin{warn} |
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
330 |
The definitions above should never be expanded and are shown for completeness |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
331 |
only. Instead users should reason in terms of the derived rules shown below |
2926 | 332 |
or, better still, using high-level tactics |
333 |
(see~\S\ref{sec:HOL:generic-packages}). |
|
334 |
\end{warn} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
335 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
336 |
Some of the rules mention type variables; for example, \texttt{refl} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
337 |
mentions the type variable~{\tt'a}. This allows you to instantiate |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
338 |
type variables explicitly by calling \texttt{res_inst_tac}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
339 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
340 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
341 |
\begin{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
342 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
343 |
\tdx{sym} s=t ==> t=s |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
344 |
\tdx{trans} [| r=s; s=t |] ==> r=t |
1489 | 345 |
\tdx{ssubst} [| t=s; P s |] ==> P t |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
346 |
\tdx{box_equals} [| a=b; a=c; b=d |] ==> c=d |
1489 | 347 |
\tdx{arg_cong} x = y ==> f x = f y |
348 |
\tdx{fun_cong} f = g ==> f x = g x |
|
349 |
\tdx{cong} [| f = g; x = y |] ==> f x = g y |
|
350 |
\tdx{not_sym} t ~= s ==> s ~= t |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
351 |
\subcaption{Equality} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
352 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
353 |
\tdx{TrueI} True |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
354 |
\tdx{FalseE} False ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
355 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
356 |
\tdx{conjI} [| P; Q |] ==> P&Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
357 |
\tdx{conjunct1} [| P&Q |] ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
358 |
\tdx{conjunct2} [| P&Q |] ==> Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
359 |
\tdx{conjE} [| P&Q; [| P; Q |] ==> R |] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
360 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
361 |
\tdx{disjI1} P ==> P|Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
362 |
\tdx{disjI2} Q ==> P|Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
363 |
\tdx{disjE} [| P | Q; P ==> R; Q ==> R |] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
364 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
365 |
\tdx{notI} (P ==> False) ==> ~ P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
366 |
\tdx{notE} [| ~ P; P |] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
367 |
\tdx{impE} [| P-->Q; P; Q ==> R |] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
368 |
\subcaption{Propositional logic} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
369 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
370 |
\tdx{iffI} [| P ==> Q; Q ==> P |] ==> P=Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
371 |
\tdx{iffD1} [| P=Q; P |] ==> Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 |
\tdx{iffD2} [| P=Q; Q |] ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
373 |
\tdx{iffE} [| P=Q; [| P --> Q; Q --> P |] ==> R |] ==> R |
1489 | 374 |
% |
375 |
%\tdx{eqTrueI} P ==> P=True |
|
376 |
%\tdx{eqTrueE} P=True ==> P |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
377 |
\subcaption{Logical equivalence} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
379 |
\end{ttbox} |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
380 |
\caption{Derived rules for \HOL} \label{hol-lemmas1} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
382 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
383 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
384 |
\begin{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
385 |
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother |
1489 | 386 |
\tdx{allI} (!!x. P x) ==> !x. P x |
5151 | 387 |
\tdx{spec} !x. P x ==> P x |
388 |
\tdx{allE} [| !x. P x; P x ==> R |] ==> R |
|
389 |
\tdx{all_dupE} [| !x. P x; [| P x; !x. P x |] ==> R |] ==> R |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
390 |
|
1489 | 391 |
\tdx{exI} P x ==> ? x. P x |
392 |
\tdx{exE} [| ? x. P x; !!x. P x ==> Q |] ==> Q |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
393 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
394 |
\tdx{ex1I} [| P a; !!x. P x ==> x=a |] ==> ?! x. P x |
5151 | 395 |
\tdx{ex1E} [| ?! x. P x; !!x. [| P x; ! y. P y --> y=x |] ==> R |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
396 |
|] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
397 |
|
5151 | 398 |
\tdx{select_equality} [| P a; !!x. P x ==> x=a |] ==> (@x. P x) = a |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
399 |
\subcaption{Quantifiers and descriptions} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
400 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
401 |
\tdx{ccontr} (~P ==> False) ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
402 |
\tdx{classical} (~P ==> P) ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
403 |
\tdx{excluded_middle} ~P | P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
404 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
405 |
\tdx{disjCI} (~Q ==> P) ==> P|Q |
5151 | 406 |
\tdx{exCI} (! x. ~ P x ==> P a) ==> ? x. P x |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
407 |
\tdx{impCE} [| P-->Q; ~ P ==> R; Q ==> R |] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
408 |
\tdx{iffCE} [| P=Q; [| P;Q |] ==> R; [| ~P; ~Q |] ==> R |] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
409 |
\tdx{notnotD} ~~P ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
410 |
\tdx{swap} ~P ==> (~Q ==> P) ==> Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
411 |
\subcaption{Classical logic} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
412 |
|
1489 | 413 |
%\tdx{if_True} (if True then x else y) = x |
414 |
%\tdx{if_False} (if False then x else y) = y |
|
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
415 |
\tdx{if_P} P ==> (if P then x else y) = x |
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
416 |
\tdx{if_not_P} ~ P ==> (if P then x else y) = y |
4834 | 417 |
\tdx{split_if} P(if Q then x else y) = ((Q --> P x) & (~Q --> P y)) |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
418 |
\subcaption{Conditionals} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
419 |
\end{ttbox} |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
420 |
\caption{More derived rules} \label{hol-lemmas2} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
421 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
422 |
|
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
423 |
Some derived rules are shown in Figures~\ref{hol-lemmas1} |
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
424 |
and~\ref{hol-lemmas2}, with their {\ML} names. These include natural rules |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
425 |
for the logical connectives, as well as sequent-style elimination rules for |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
426 |
conjunctions, implications, and universal quantifiers. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
427 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
428 |
Note the equality rules: \tdx{ssubst} performs substitution in |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
429 |
backward proofs, while \tdx{box_equals} supports reasoning by |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
430 |
simplifying both sides of an equation. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
431 |
|
1489 | 432 |
The following simple tactics are occasionally useful: |
433 |
\begin{ttdescription} |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
434 |
\item[\ttindexbold{strip_tac} $i$] applies \texttt{allI} and \texttt{impI} |
1489 | 435 |
repeatedly to remove all outermost universal quantifiers and implications |
436 |
from subgoal $i$. |
|
437 |
\item[\ttindexbold{case_tac} {\tt"}$P${\tt"} $i$] performs case distinction |
|
438 |
on $P$ for subgoal $i$: the latter is replaced by two identical subgoals |
|
439 |
with the added assumptions $P$ and $\neg P$, respectively. |
|
440 |
\end{ttdescription} |
|
441 |
||
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
442 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
443 |
\begin{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
444 |
\begin{center} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
445 |
\begin{tabular}{rrr} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
446 |
\it name &\it meta-type & \it description \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
447 |
\index{{}@\verb'{}' symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
448 |
\verb|{}| & $\alpha\,set$ & the empty set \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
449 |
\cdx{insert} & $[\alpha,\alpha\,set]\To \alpha\,set$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
450 |
& insertion of element \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
451 |
\cdx{Collect} & $(\alpha\To bool)\To\alpha\,set$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
452 |
& comprehension \\ |
3160 | 453 |
\cdx{Compl} & $\alpha\,set\To\alpha\,set$ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
454 |
& complement \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
455 |
\cdx{INTER} & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\To\beta\,set]\To\beta\,set$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
456 |
& intersection over a set\\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
457 |
\cdx{UNION} & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\To\beta\,set]\To\beta\,set$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
458 |
& union over a set\\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
459 |
\cdx{Inter} & $(\alpha\,set)set\To\alpha\,set$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
460 |
&set of sets intersection \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
461 |
\cdx{Union} & $(\alpha\,set)set\To\alpha\,set$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
462 |
&set of sets union \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
463 |
\cdx{Pow} & $\alpha\,set \To (\alpha\,set)set$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
464 |
& powerset \\[1ex] |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
465 |
\cdx{range} & $(\alpha\To\beta )\To\beta\,set$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
466 |
& range of a function \\[1ex] |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
467 |
\cdx{Ball}~~\cdx{Bex} & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\To bool]\To bool$ |
2926 | 468 |
& bounded quantifiers |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
469 |
\end{tabular} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
470 |
\end{center} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
471 |
\subcaption{Constants} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
472 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
473 |
\begin{center} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
474 |
\begin{tabular}{llrrr} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
475 |
\it symbol &\it name &\it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
476 |
\sdx{INT} & \cdx{INTER1} & $(\alpha\To\beta\,set)\To\beta\,set$ & 10 & |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
477 |
intersection over a type\\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
478 |
\sdx{UN} & \cdx{UNION1} & $(\alpha\To\beta\,set)\To\beta\,set$ & 10 & |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
479 |
union over a type |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
480 |
\end{tabular} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
481 |
\end{center} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
482 |
\subcaption{Binders} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
483 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
484 |
\begin{center} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
485 |
\index{*"`"` symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
486 |
\index{*": symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
487 |
\index{*"<"= symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
488 |
\begin{tabular}{rrrr} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
489 |
\it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\ |
3161 | 490 |
\tt `` & $[\alpha\To\beta ,\alpha\,set]\To \beta\,set$ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
491 |
& Left 90 & image \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
492 |
\sdx{Int} & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\,set]\To\alpha\,set$ |
3152 | 493 |
& Left 70 & intersection ($\int$) \\ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
494 |
\sdx{Un} & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\,set]\To\alpha\,set$ |
3152 | 495 |
& Left 65 & union ($\un$) \\ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
496 |
\tt: & $[\alpha ,\alpha\,set]\To bool$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
497 |
& Left 50 & membership ($\in$) \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
498 |
\tt <= & $[\alpha\,set,\alpha\,set]\To bool$ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
499 |
& Left 50 & subset ($\subseteq$) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
500 |
\end{tabular} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
501 |
\end{center} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
502 |
\subcaption{Infixes} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
503 |
\caption{Syntax of the theory \texttt{Set}} \label{hol-set-syntax} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
504 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
505 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
506 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
507 |
\begin{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
508 |
\begin{center} \tt\frenchspacing |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
509 |
\index{*"! symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
510 |
\begin{tabular}{rrr} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
511 |
\it external & \it internal & \it description \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
512 |
$a$ \ttilde: $b$ & \ttilde($a$ : $b$) & \rm non-membership\\ |
3152 | 513 |
{\ttlbrace}$a@1$, $\ldots${\ttrbrace} & insert $a@1$ $\ldots$ {\ttlbrace}{\ttrbrace} & \rm finite set \\ |
5151 | 514 |
{\ttlbrace}$x$. $P[x]${\ttrbrace} & Collect($\lambda x. P[x]$) & |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
515 |
\rm comprehension \\ |
5151 | 516 |
\sdx{INT} $x$:$A$. $B[x]$ & INTER $A$ $\lambda x. B[x]$ & |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
517 |
\rm intersection \\ |
5151 | 518 |
\sdx{UN}{\tt\ } $x$:$A$. $B[x]$ & UNION $A$ $\lambda x. B[x]$ & |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
519 |
\rm union \\ |
5151 | 520 |
\tt ! $x$:$A$. $P[x]$ or \sdx{ALL} $x$:$A$. $P[x]$ & |
521 |
Ball $A$ $\lambda x. P[x]$ & |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
522 |
\rm bounded $\forall$ \\ |
5151 | 523 |
\sdx{?} $x$:$A$. $P[x]$ or \sdx{EX}{\tt\ } $x$:$A$. $P[x]$ & |
524 |
Bex $A$ $\lambda x. P[x]$ & \rm bounded $\exists$ |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
525 |
\end{tabular} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
526 |
\end{center} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
527 |
\subcaption{Translations} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
528 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
529 |
\dquotes |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
530 |
\[\begin{array}{rclcl} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
531 |
term & = & \hbox{other terms\ldots} \\ |
3152 | 532 |
& | & "{\ttlbrace}{\ttrbrace}" \\ |
533 |
& | & "{\ttlbrace} " term\; ("," term)^* " {\ttrbrace}" \\ |
|
534 |
& | & "{\ttlbrace} " id " . " formula " {\ttrbrace}" \\ |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
535 |
& | & term " `` " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
536 |
& | & term " Int " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
537 |
& | & term " Un " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
538 |
& | & "INT~~" id ":" term " . " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
539 |
& | & "UN~~~" id ":" term " . " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
540 |
& | & "INT~~" id~id^* " . " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
541 |
& | & "UN~~~" id~id^* " . " term \\[2ex] |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
542 |
formula & = & \hbox{other formulae\ldots} \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
543 |
& | & term " : " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
544 |
& | & term " \ttilde: " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
545 |
& | & term " <= " term \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
546 |
& | & "!~" id ":" term " . " formula |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
547 |
& | & "ALL " id ":" term " . " formula \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
548 |
& | & "?~" id ":" term " . " formula |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
549 |
& | & "EX~~" id ":" term " . " formula |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
550 |
\end{array} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
551 |
\] |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
552 |
\subcaption{Full Grammar} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
553 |
\caption{Syntax of the theory \texttt{Set} (continued)} \label{hol-set-syntax2} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
554 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
555 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
556 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
557 |
\section{A formulation of set theory} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
558 |
Historically, higher-order logic gives a foundation for Russell and |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
559 |
Whitehead's theory of classes. Let us use modern terminology and call them |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
560 |
{\bf sets}, but note that these sets are distinct from those of {\ZF} set |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
561 |
theory, and behave more like {\ZF} classes. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
562 |
\begin{itemize} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
563 |
\item |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
564 |
Sets are given by predicates over some type~$\sigma$. Types serve to |
6170 | 565 |
define universes for sets, but type-checking is still significant. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
566 |
\item |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
567 |
There is a universal set (for each type). Thus, sets have complements, and |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
568 |
may be defined by absolute comprehension. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
569 |
\item |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
570 |
Although sets may contain other sets as elements, the containing set must |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
571 |
have a more complex type. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
572 |
\end{itemize} |
1162 | 573 |
Finite unions and intersections have the same behaviour in \HOL\ as they |
574 |
do in~{\ZF}. In \HOL\ the intersection of the empty set is well-defined, |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
575 |
denoting the universal set for the given type. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
576 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
577 |
\subsection{Syntax of set theory}\index{*set type} |
1162 | 578 |
\HOL's set theory is called \thydx{Set}. The type $\alpha\,set$ is |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
579 |
essentially the same as $\alpha\To bool$. The new type is defined for |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
580 |
clarity and to avoid complications involving function types in unification. |
2926 | 581 |
The isomorphisms between the two types are declared explicitly. They are |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
582 |
very natural: \texttt{Collect} maps $\alpha\To bool$ to $\alpha\,set$, while |
2926 | 583 |
\hbox{\tt op :} maps in the other direction (ignoring argument order). |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
584 |
|
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
585 |
Figure~\ref{hol-set-syntax} lists the constants, infixes, and syntax |
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
586 |
translations. Figure~\ref{hol-set-syntax2} presents the grammar of the new |
3152 | 587 |
constructs. Infix operators include union and intersection ($A\un B$ |
588 |
and $A\int B$), the subset and membership relations, and the image |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
589 |
operator~{\tt``}\@. Note that $a$\verb|~:|$b$ is translated to |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
590 |
$\neg(a\in b)$. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
591 |
|
3152 | 592 |
The $\{a@1,\ldots\}$ notation abbreviates finite sets constructed in |
6076 | 593 |
the obvious manner using~\texttt{insert} and~$\{\}$: |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
594 |
\begin{eqnarray*} |
3152 | 595 |
\{a, b, c\} & \equiv & |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
596 |
\texttt{insert} \, a \, ({\tt insert} \, b \, ({\tt insert} \, c \, \{\})) |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
597 |
\end{eqnarray*} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
598 |
|
6076 | 599 |
The set \hbox{\tt{\ttlbrace}$x$.\ $P[x]${\ttrbrace}} consists of all $x$ (of suitable type) |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
600 |
that satisfy~$P[x]$, where $P[x]$ is a formula that may contain free |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
601 |
occurrences of~$x$. This syntax expands to \cdx{Collect}$(\lambda |
5151 | 602 |
x. P[x])$. It defines sets by absolute comprehension, which is impossible |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
603 |
in~{\ZF}; the type of~$x$ implicitly restricts the comprehension. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
604 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
605 |
The set theory defines two {\bf bounded quantifiers}: |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
606 |
\begin{eqnarray*} |
5151 | 607 |
\forall x\in A. P[x] &\hbox{abbreviates}& \forall x. x\in A\imp P[x] \\ |
608 |
\exists x\in A. P[x] &\hbox{abbreviates}& \exists x. x\in A\conj P[x] |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
609 |
\end{eqnarray*} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
610 |
The constants~\cdx{Ball} and~\cdx{Bex} are defined |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
611 |
accordingly. Instead of \texttt{Ball $A$ $P$} and \texttt{Bex $A$ $P$} we may |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
612 |
write\index{*"! symbol}\index{*"? symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
613 |
\index{*ALL symbol}\index{*EX symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
614 |
% |
6076 | 615 |
\hbox{\tt !~$x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$} and \hbox{\tt ?~$x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$}. Isabelle's |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
616 |
usual quantifier symbols, \sdx{ALL} and \sdx{EX}, are also accepted |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
617 |
for input. As with the primitive quantifiers, the {\ML} reference |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
618 |
\ttindex{HOL_quantifiers} specifies which notation to use for output. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
619 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
620 |
Unions and intersections over sets, namely $\bigcup@{x\in A}B[x]$ and |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
621 |
$\bigcap@{x\in A}B[x]$, are written |
6076 | 622 |
\sdx{UN}~\hbox{\tt$x$:$A$.\ $B[x]$} and |
623 |
\sdx{INT}~\hbox{\tt$x$:$A$.\ $B[x]$}. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
624 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
625 |
Unions and intersections over types, namely $\bigcup@x B[x]$ and $\bigcap@x |
6076 | 626 |
B[x]$, are written \sdx{UN}~\hbox{\tt$x$.\ $B[x]$} and |
627 |
\sdx{INT}~\hbox{\tt$x$.\ $B[x]$}. They are equivalent to the previous |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
628 |
union and intersection operators when $A$ is the universal set. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
629 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
630 |
The operators $\bigcup A$ and $\bigcap A$ act upon sets of sets. They are |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
631 |
not binders, but are equal to $\bigcup@{x\in A}x$ and $\bigcap@{x\in A}x$, |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
632 |
respectively. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
633 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
634 |
|
2926 | 635 |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
636 |
\begin{figure} \underscoreon |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
637 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5151 | 638 |
\tdx{mem_Collect_eq} (a : {\ttlbrace}x. P x{\ttrbrace}) = P a |
639 |
\tdx{Collect_mem_eq} {\ttlbrace}x. x:A{\ttrbrace} = A |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
640 |
|
5151 | 641 |
\tdx{empty_def} {\ttlbrace}{\ttrbrace} == {\ttlbrace}x. False{\ttrbrace} |
642 |
\tdx{insert_def} insert a B == {\ttlbrace}x. x=a{\ttrbrace} Un B |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
643 |
\tdx{Ball_def} Ball A P == ! x. x:A --> P x |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
644 |
\tdx{Bex_def} Bex A P == ? x. x:A & P x |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
645 |
\tdx{subset_def} A <= B == ! x:A. x:B |
5151 | 646 |
\tdx{Un_def} A Un B == {\ttlbrace}x. x:A | x:B{\ttrbrace} |
647 |
\tdx{Int_def} A Int B == {\ttlbrace}x. x:A & x:B{\ttrbrace} |
|
648 |
\tdx{set_diff_def} A - B == {\ttlbrace}x. x:A & x~:B{\ttrbrace} |
|
3152 | 649 |
\tdx{Compl_def} Compl A == {\ttlbrace}x. ~ x:A{\ttrbrace} |
650 |
\tdx{INTER_def} INTER A B == {\ttlbrace}y. ! x:A. y: B x{\ttrbrace} |
|
651 |
\tdx{UNION_def} UNION A B == {\ttlbrace}y. ? x:A. y: B x{\ttrbrace} |
|
5151 | 652 |
\tdx{INTER1_def} INTER1 B == INTER {\ttlbrace}x. True{\ttrbrace} B |
653 |
\tdx{UNION1_def} UNION1 B == UNION {\ttlbrace}x. True{\ttrbrace} B |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
654 |
\tdx{Inter_def} Inter S == (INT x:S. x) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
655 |
\tdx{Union_def} Union S == (UN x:S. x) |
3152 | 656 |
\tdx{Pow_def} Pow A == {\ttlbrace}B. B <= A{\ttrbrace} |
657 |
\tdx{image_def} f``A == {\ttlbrace}y. ? x:A. y=f x{\ttrbrace} |
|
658 |
\tdx{range_def} range f == {\ttlbrace}y. ? x. y=f x{\ttrbrace} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
659 |
\end{ttbox} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
660 |
\caption{Rules of the theory \texttt{Set}} \label{hol-set-rules} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
661 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
662 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
663 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
664 |
\begin{figure} \underscoreon |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
665 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5151 | 666 |
\tdx{CollectI} [| P a |] ==> a : {\ttlbrace}x. P x{\ttrbrace} |
667 |
\tdx{CollectD} [| a : {\ttlbrace}x. P x{\ttrbrace} |] ==> P a |
|
668 |
\tdx{CollectE} [| a : {\ttlbrace}x. P x{\ttrbrace}; P a ==> W |] ==> W |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
669 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
670 |
\tdx{ballI} [| !!x. x:A ==> P x |] ==> ! x:A. P x |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
671 |
\tdx{bspec} [| ! x:A. P x; x:A |] ==> P x |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
672 |
\tdx{ballE} [| ! x:A. P x; P x ==> Q; ~ x:A ==> Q |] ==> Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
673 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
674 |
\tdx{bexI} [| P x; x:A |] ==> ? x:A. P x |
5151 | 675 |
\tdx{bexCI} [| ! x:A. ~ P x ==> P a; a:A |] ==> ? x:A. P x |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
676 |
\tdx{bexE} [| ? x:A. P x; !!x. [| x:A; P x |] ==> Q |] ==> Q |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
677 |
\subcaption{Comprehension and Bounded quantifiers} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
678 |
|
5151 | 679 |
\tdx{subsetI} (!!x. x:A ==> x:B) ==> A <= B |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
680 |
\tdx{subsetD} [| A <= B; c:A |] ==> c:B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
681 |
\tdx{subsetCE} [| A <= B; ~ (c:A) ==> P; c:B ==> P |] ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
682 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
683 |
\tdx{subset_refl} A <= A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
684 |
\tdx{subset_trans} [| A<=B; B<=C |] ==> A<=C |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
685 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
686 |
\tdx{equalityI} [| A <= B; B <= A |] ==> A = B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
687 |
\tdx{equalityD1} A = B ==> A<=B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
688 |
\tdx{equalityD2} A = B ==> B<=A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
689 |
\tdx{equalityE} [| A = B; [| A<=B; B<=A |] ==> P |] ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
690 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
691 |
\tdx{equalityCE} [| A = B; [| c:A; c:B |] ==> P; |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
692 |
[| ~ c:A; ~ c:B |] ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
693 |
|] ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
694 |
\subcaption{The subset and equality relations} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
695 |
\end{ttbox} |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
696 |
\caption{Derived rules for set theory} \label{hol-set1} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
697 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
698 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
699 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
700 |
\begin{figure} \underscoreon |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
701 |
\begin{ttbox} |
3152 | 702 |
\tdx{emptyE} a : {\ttlbrace}{\ttrbrace} ==> P |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
703 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
704 |
\tdx{insertI1} a : insert a B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
705 |
\tdx{insertI2} a : B ==> a : insert b B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
706 |
\tdx{insertE} [| a : insert b A; a=b ==> P; a:A ==> P |] ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
707 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
708 |
\tdx{ComplI} [| c:A ==> False |] ==> c : Compl A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
709 |
\tdx{ComplD} [| c : Compl A |] ==> ~ c:A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
710 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
711 |
\tdx{UnI1} c:A ==> c : A Un B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
712 |
\tdx{UnI2} c:B ==> c : A Un B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
713 |
\tdx{UnCI} (~c:B ==> c:A) ==> c : A Un B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
714 |
\tdx{UnE} [| c : A Un B; c:A ==> P; c:B ==> P |] ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
715 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
716 |
\tdx{IntI} [| c:A; c:B |] ==> c : A Int B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
717 |
\tdx{IntD1} c : A Int B ==> c:A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
718 |
\tdx{IntD2} c : A Int B ==> c:B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
719 |
\tdx{IntE} [| c : A Int B; [| c:A; c:B |] ==> P |] ==> P |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
720 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
721 |
\tdx{UN_I} [| a:A; b: B a |] ==> b: (UN x:A. B x) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
722 |
\tdx{UN_E} [| b: (UN x:A. B x); !!x.[| x:A; b:B x |] ==> R |] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
723 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
724 |
\tdx{INT_I} (!!x. x:A ==> b: B x) ==> b : (INT x:A. B x) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
725 |
\tdx{INT_D} [| b: (INT x:A. B x); a:A |] ==> b: B a |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
726 |
\tdx{INT_E} [| b: (INT x:A. B x); b: B a ==> R; ~ a:A ==> R |] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
727 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
728 |
\tdx{UnionI} [| X:C; A:X |] ==> A : Union C |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
729 |
\tdx{UnionE} [| A : Union C; !!X.[| A:X; X:C |] ==> R |] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
730 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
731 |
\tdx{InterI} [| !!X. X:C ==> A:X |] ==> A : Inter C |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
732 |
\tdx{InterD} [| A : Inter C; X:C |] ==> A:X |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
733 |
\tdx{InterE} [| A : Inter C; A:X ==> R; ~ X:C ==> R |] ==> R |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
734 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
735 |
\tdx{PowI} A<=B ==> A: Pow B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
736 |
\tdx{PowD} A: Pow B ==> A<=B |
2926 | 737 |
|
738 |
\tdx{imageI} [| x:A |] ==> f x : f``A |
|
739 |
\tdx{imageE} [| b : f``A; !!x.[| b=f x; x:A |] ==> P |] ==> P |
|
740 |
||
741 |
\tdx{rangeI} f x : range f |
|
742 |
\tdx{rangeE} [| b : range f; !!x.[| b=f x |] ==> P |] ==> P |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
743 |
\end{ttbox} |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
744 |
\caption{Further derived rules for set theory} \label{hol-set2} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
745 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
746 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
747 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
748 |
\subsection{Axioms and rules of set theory} |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
749 |
Figure~\ref{hol-set-rules} presents the rules of theory \thydx{Set}. The |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
750 |
axioms \tdx{mem_Collect_eq} and \tdx{Collect_mem_eq} assert |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
751 |
that the functions \texttt{Collect} and \hbox{\tt op :} are isomorphisms. Of |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
752 |
course, \hbox{\tt op :} also serves as the membership relation. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
753 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
754 |
All the other axioms are definitions. They include the empty set, bounded |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
755 |
quantifiers, unions, intersections, complements and the subset relation. |
2926 | 756 |
They also include straightforward constructions on functions: image~({\tt``}) |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
757 |
and \texttt{range}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
758 |
|
4834 | 759 |
%The predicate \cdx{inj_on} is used for simulating type definitions. |
760 |
%The statement ${\tt inj_on}~f~A$ asserts that $f$ is injective on the |
|
2926 | 761 |
%set~$A$, which specifies a subset of its domain type. In a type |
762 |
%definition, $f$ is the abstraction function and $A$ is the set of valid |
|
763 |
%representations; we should not expect $f$ to be injective outside of~$A$. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
764 |
|
2926 | 765 |
%\begin{figure} \underscoreon |
766 |
%\begin{ttbox} |
|
767 |
%\tdx{Inv_f_f} inj f ==> Inv f (f x) = x |
|
768 |
%\tdx{f_Inv_f} y : range f ==> f(Inv f y) = y |
|
769 |
% |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
770 |
%\tdx{Inv_injective} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
771 |
% [| Inv f x=Inv f y; x: range f; y: range f |] ==> x=y |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
772 |
% |
2926 | 773 |
% |
774 |
%\tdx{monoI} [| !!A B. A <= B ==> f A <= f B |] ==> mono f |
|
775 |
%\tdx{monoD} [| mono f; A <= B |] ==> f A <= f B |
|
776 |
% |
|
777 |
%\tdx{injI} [| !! x y. f x = f y ==> x=y |] ==> inj f |
|
778 |
%\tdx{inj_inverseI} (!!x. g(f x) = x) ==> inj f |
|
779 |
%\tdx{injD} [| inj f; f x = f y |] ==> x=y |
|
780 |
% |
|
4834 | 781 |
%\tdx{inj_onI} (!!x y. [| f x=f y; x:A; y:A |] ==> x=y) ==> inj_on f A |
782 |
%\tdx{inj_onD} [| inj_on f A; f x=f y; x:A; y:A |] ==> x=y |
|
2926 | 783 |
% |
4834 | 784 |
%\tdx{inj_on_inverseI} |
785 |
% (!!x. x:A ==> g(f x) = x) ==> inj_on f A |
|
786 |
%\tdx{inj_on_contraD} |
|
787 |
% [| inj_on f A; x~=y; x:A; y:A |] ==> ~ f x=f y |
|
2926 | 788 |
%\end{ttbox} |
789 |
%\caption{Derived rules involving functions} \label{hol-fun} |
|
790 |
%\end{figure} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
791 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
792 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
793 |
\begin{figure} \underscoreon |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
794 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
795 |
\tdx{Union_upper} B:A ==> B <= Union A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
796 |
\tdx{Union_least} [| !!X. X:A ==> X<=C |] ==> Union A <= C |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
797 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
798 |
\tdx{Inter_lower} B:A ==> Inter A <= B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
799 |
\tdx{Inter_greatest} [| !!X. X:A ==> C<=X |] ==> C <= Inter A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
800 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
801 |
\tdx{Un_upper1} A <= A Un B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
802 |
\tdx{Un_upper2} B <= A Un B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
803 |
\tdx{Un_least} [| A<=C; B<=C |] ==> A Un B <= C |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
804 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
805 |
\tdx{Int_lower1} A Int B <= A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
806 |
\tdx{Int_lower2} A Int B <= B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
807 |
\tdx{Int_greatest} [| C<=A; C<=B |] ==> C <= A Int B |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
808 |
\end{ttbox} |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
809 |
\caption{Derived rules involving subsets} \label{hol-subset} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
810 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
811 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
812 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
813 |
\begin{figure} \underscoreon \hfuzz=4pt%suppress "Overfull \hbox" message |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
814 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
815 |
\tdx{Int_absorb} A Int A = A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
816 |
\tdx{Int_commute} A Int B = B Int A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
817 |
\tdx{Int_assoc} (A Int B) Int C = A Int (B Int C) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
818 |
\tdx{Int_Un_distrib} (A Un B) Int C = (A Int C) Un (B Int C) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
819 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
820 |
\tdx{Un_absorb} A Un A = A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
821 |
\tdx{Un_commute} A Un B = B Un A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
822 |
\tdx{Un_assoc} (A Un B) Un C = A Un (B Un C) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
823 |
\tdx{Un_Int_distrib} (A Int B) Un C = (A Un C) Int (B Un C) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
824 |
|
5151 | 825 |
\tdx{Compl_disjoint} A Int (Compl A) = {\ttlbrace}x. False{\ttrbrace} |
826 |
\tdx{Compl_partition} A Un (Compl A) = {\ttlbrace}x. True{\ttrbrace} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
827 |
\tdx{double_complement} Compl(Compl A) = A |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
828 |
\tdx{Compl_Un} Compl(A Un B) = (Compl A) Int (Compl B) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
829 |
\tdx{Compl_Int} Compl(A Int B) = (Compl A) Un (Compl B) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
830 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
831 |
\tdx{Union_Un_distrib} Union(A Un B) = (Union A) Un (Union B) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
832 |
\tdx{Int_Union} A Int (Union B) = (UN C:B. A Int C) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
833 |
\tdx{Un_Union_image} (UN x:C.(A x) Un (B x)) = Union(A``C) Un Union(B``C) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
834 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
835 |
\tdx{Inter_Un_distrib} Inter(A Un B) = (Inter A) Int (Inter B) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
836 |
\tdx{Un_Inter} A Un (Inter B) = (INT C:B. A Un C) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
837 |
\tdx{Int_Inter_image} (INT x:C.(A x) Int (B x)) = Inter(A``C) Int Inter(B``C) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
838 |
\end{ttbox} |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
839 |
\caption{Set equalities} \label{hol-equalities} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
840 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
841 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
842 |
|
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
843 |
Figures~\ref{hol-set1} and~\ref{hol-set2} present derived rules. Most are |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
844 |
obvious and resemble rules of Isabelle's {\ZF} set theory. Certain rules, |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
845 |
such as \tdx{subsetCE}, \tdx{bexCI} and \tdx{UnCI}, |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
846 |
are designed for classical reasoning; the rules \tdx{subsetD}, |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
847 |
\tdx{bexI}, \tdx{Un1} and~\tdx{Un2} are not |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
848 |
strictly necessary but yield more natural proofs. Similarly, |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
849 |
\tdx{equalityCE} supports classical reasoning about extensionality, |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
850 |
after the fashion of \tdx{iffCE}. See the file \texttt{HOL/Set.ML} for |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
851 |
proofs pertaining to set theory. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
852 |
|
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
853 |
Figure~\ref{hol-subset} presents lattice properties of the subset relation. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
854 |
Unions form least upper bounds; non-empty intersections form greatest lower |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
855 |
bounds. Reasoning directly about subsets often yields clearer proofs than |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
856 |
reasoning about the membership relation. See the file \texttt{HOL/subset.ML}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
857 |
|
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
858 |
Figure~\ref{hol-equalities} presents many common set equalities. They |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
859 |
include commutative, associative and distributive laws involving unions, |
2926 | 860 |
intersections and complements. For a complete listing see the file {\tt |
861 |
HOL/equalities.ML}. |
|
862 |
||
863 |
\begin{warn} |
|
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
864 |
\texttt{Blast_tac} proves many set-theoretic theorems automatically. |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
865 |
Hence you seldom need to refer to the theorems above. |
2926 | 866 |
\end{warn} |
867 |
||
868 |
\begin{figure} |
|
869 |
\begin{center} |
|
870 |
\begin{tabular}{rrr} |
|
871 |
\it name &\it meta-type & \it description \\ |
|
872 |
\cdx{inj}~~\cdx{surj}& $(\alpha\To\beta )\To bool$ |
|
873 |
& injective/surjective \\ |
|
4834 | 874 |
\cdx{inj_on} & $[\alpha\To\beta ,\alpha\,set]\To bool$ |
2926 | 875 |
& injective over subset\\ |
876 |
\cdx{inv} & $(\alpha\To\beta)\To(\beta\To\alpha)$ & inverse function |
|
877 |
\end{tabular} |
|
878 |
\end{center} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
879 |
|
2926 | 880 |
\underscoreon |
881 |
\begin{ttbox} |
|
4834 | 882 |
\tdx{inj_def} inj f == ! x y. f x=f y --> x=y |
883 |
\tdx{surj_def} surj f == ! y. ? x. y=f x |
|
884 |
\tdx{inj_on_def} inj_on f A == !x:A. !y:A. f x=f y --> x=y |
|
885 |
\tdx{inv_def} inv f == (\%y. @x. f(x)=y) |
|
2926 | 886 |
\end{ttbox} |
887 |
\caption{Theory \thydx{Fun}} \label{fig:HOL:Fun} |
|
888 |
\end{figure} |
|
889 |
||
890 |
\subsection{Properties of functions}\nopagebreak |
|
891 |
Figure~\ref{fig:HOL:Fun} presents a theory of simple properties of functions. |
|
892 |
Note that ${\tt inv}~f$ uses Hilbert's $\varepsilon$ to yield an inverse |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
893 |
of~$f$. See the file \texttt{HOL/Fun.ML} for a complete listing of the derived |
2926 | 894 |
rules. Reasoning about function composition (the operator~\sdx{o}) and the |
895 |
predicate~\cdx{surj} is done simply by expanding the definitions. |
|
896 |
||
897 |
There is also a large collection of monotonicity theorems for constructions |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
898 |
on sets in the file \texttt{HOL/mono.ML}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
899 |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
900 |
\section{Generic packages} |
2926 | 901 |
\label{sec:HOL:generic-packages} |
902 |
||
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
903 |
\HOL\ instantiates most of Isabelle's generic packages, making available the |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
904 |
simplifier and the classical reasoner. |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
905 |
|
3152 | 906 |
\subsection{Simplification and substitution} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
907 |
|
6076 | 908 |
Simplification tactics tactics such as \texttt{Asm_simp_tac} and \texttt{Full_simp_tac} use the default simpset |
909 |
(\texttt{simpset()}), which works for most purposes. A quite minimal |
|
6072 | 910 |
simplification set for higher-order logic is~\ttindexbold{HOL_ss}; |
3152 | 911 |
even more frugal is \ttindexbold{HOL_basic_ss}. Equality~($=$), which |
912 |
also expresses logical equivalence, may be used for rewriting. See |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
913 |
the file \texttt{HOL/simpdata.ML} for a complete listing of the basic |
3152 | 914 |
simplification rules. |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
915 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
916 |
See \iflabelundefined{chap:classical}{the {\em Reference Manual\/}}% |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
917 |
{Chaps.\ts\ref{substitution} and~\ref{simp-chap}} for details of substitution |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
918 |
and simplification. |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
919 |
|
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
920 |
\begin{warn}\index{simplification!of conjunctions}% |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
921 |
Reducing $a=b\conj P(a)$ to $a=b\conj P(b)$ is sometimes advantageous. The |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
922 |
left part of a conjunction helps in simplifying the right part. This effect |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
923 |
is not available by default: it can be slow. It can be obtained by |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
924 |
including \ttindex{conj_cong} in a simpset, \verb$addcongs [conj_cong]$. |
1234 | 925 |
\end{warn} |
926 |
||
3152 | 927 |
If the simplifier cannot use a certain rewrite rule --- either because |
928 |
of nontermination or because its left-hand side is too flexible --- |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
929 |
then you might try \texttt{stac}: |
1489 | 930 |
\begin{ttdescription} |
931 |
\item[\ttindexbold{stac} $thm$ $i,$] where $thm$ is of the form $lhs = rhs$, |
|
932 |
replaces in subgoal $i$ instances of $lhs$ by corresponding instances of |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
933 |
$rhs$. In case of multiple instances of $lhs$ in subgoal $i$, backtracking |
1489 | 934 |
may be necessary to select the desired ones. |
2926 | 935 |
|
936 |
If $thm$ is a conditional equality, the instantiated condition becomes an |
|
937 |
additional (first) subgoal. |
|
1489 | 938 |
\end{ttdescription} |
939 |
||
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
940 |
\HOL{} provides the tactic \ttindex{hyp_subst_tac}, which substitutes |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
941 |
for an equality throughout a subgoal and its hypotheses. This tactic uses |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
942 |
\HOL's general substitution rule. |
2926 | 943 |
|
3959 | 944 |
\subsubsection{Case splitting} |
945 |
\label{subsec:HOL:case:splitting} |
|
946 |
||
947 |
\HOL{} also provides convenient means for case splitting during |
|
6076 | 948 |
rewriting. Goals containing a subterm of the form \texttt{if}~$b$~{\tt |
3959 | 949 |
then\dots else\dots} often require a case distinction on $b$. This is |
4834 | 950 |
expressed by the theorem \tdx{split_if}: |
3959 | 951 |
$$ |
952 |
\Var{P}(\mbox{\tt if}~\Var{b}~{\tt then}~\Var{x}~\mbox{\tt else}~\Var{y})~=~ |
|
953 |
((\Var{b} \to \Var{P}(\Var{x})) \land (\neg \Var{b} \to \Var{P}(\Var{y}))) |
|
954 |
\eqno{(*)} |
|
955 |
$$ |
|
956 |
For example, a simple instance of $(*)$ is |
|
957 |
\[ |
|
958 |
x \in (\mbox{\tt if}~x \in A~{\tt then}~A~\mbox{\tt else}~\{x\})~=~ |
|
959 |
((x \in A \to x \in A) \land (x \notin A \to x \in \{x\})) |
|
960 |
\] |
|
961 |
Because $(*)$ is too general as a rewrite rule for the simplifier (the |
|
962 |
left-hand side is not a higher-order pattern in the sense of |
|
963 |
\iflabelundefined{chap:simplification}{the {\em Reference Manual\/}}% |
|
964 |
{Chap.\ts\ref{chap:simplification}}), there is a special infix function |
|
4834 | 965 |
\ttindexbold{addsplits} of type \texttt{simpset * thm list -> simpset} |
966 |
(analogous to \texttt{addsimps}) that adds rules such as $(*)$ to a |
|
3959 | 967 |
simpset, as in |
968 |
\begin{ttbox} |
|
4877 | 969 |
by(simp_tac (simpset() addsplits [split_if]) 1); |
3959 | 970 |
\end{ttbox} |
971 |
The effect is that after each round of simplification, one occurrence of |
|
4834 | 972 |
\texttt{if} is split acording to \texttt{split_if}, until all occurences of |
3959 | 973 |
\texttt{if} have been eliminated. |
974 |
||
4834 | 975 |
It turns out that using \texttt{split_if} is almost always the right thing to |
976 |
do. Hence \texttt{split_if} is already included in the default simpset. If |
|
977 |
you want to delete it from a simpset, use \ttindexbold{delsplits}, which is |
|
978 |
the inverse of \texttt{addsplits}: |
|
979 |
\begin{ttbox} |
|
4877 | 980 |
by(simp_tac (simpset() delsplits [split_if]) 1); |
4834 | 981 |
\end{ttbox} |
982 |
||
3959 | 983 |
In general, \texttt{addsplits} accepts rules of the form |
984 |
\[ |
|
985 |
\Var{P}(c~\Var{x@1}~\dots~\Var{x@n})~=~ rhs |
|
986 |
\] |
|
987 |
where $c$ is a constant and $rhs$ is arbitrary. Note that $(*)$ is of the |
|
988 |
right form because internally the left-hand side is |
|
989 |
$\Var{P}(\mathtt{If}~\Var{b}~\Var{x}~~\Var{y})$. Important further examples |
|
990 |
are splitting rules for \texttt{case} expressions (see~\S\ref{subsec:list} |
|
991 |
and~\S\ref{subsec:datatype:basics}). |
|
1489 | 992 |
|
4834 | 993 |
Analogous to \texttt{Addsimps} and \texttt{Delsimps}, there are also |
994 |
imperative versions of \texttt{addsplits} and \texttt{delsplits} |
|
995 |
\begin{ttbox} |
|
996 |
\ttindexbold{Addsplits}: thm list -> unit |
|
997 |
\ttindexbold{Delsplits}: thm list -> unit |
|
998 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
999 |
for adding splitting rules to, and deleting them from the current simpset. |
|
1000 |
||
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1001 |
\subsection{Classical reasoning} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1002 |
|
1162 | 1003 |
\HOL\ derives classical introduction rules for $\disj$ and~$\exists$, as |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1004 |
well as classical elimination rules for~$\imp$ and~$\bimp$, and the swap |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
1005 |
rule; recall Fig.\ts\ref{hol-lemmas2} above. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1006 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1007 |
The classical reasoner is installed. Tactics such as \texttt{Blast_tac} and {\tt |
6076 | 1008 |
Best_tac} refer to the default claset (\texttt{claset()}), which works for most |
2495 | 1009 |
purposes. Named clasets include \ttindexbold{prop_cs}, which includes the |
2926 | 1010 |
propositional rules, and \ttindexbold{HOL_cs}, which also includes quantifier |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1011 |
rules. See the file \texttt{HOL/cladata.ML} for lists of the classical rules, |
2926 | 1012 |
and \iflabelundefined{chap:classical}{the {\em Reference Manual\/}}% |
1013 |
{Chap.\ts\ref{chap:classical}} for more discussion of classical proof methods. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1014 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1015 |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1016 |
\section{Types}\label{sec:HOL:Types} |
3152 | 1017 |
This section describes \HOL's basic predefined types ($\alpha \times |
1018 |
\beta$, $\alpha + \beta$, $nat$ and $\alpha \; list$) and ways for |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1019 |
introducing new types in general. The most important type |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1020 |
construction, the \texttt{datatype}, is treated separately in |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1021 |
\S\ref{sec:HOL:datatype}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1022 |
|
3152 | 1023 |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1024 |
\subsection{Product and sum types}\index{*"* type}\index{*"+ type} |
2994 | 1025 |
\label{subsec:prod-sum} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1026 |
|
2926 | 1027 |
\begin{figure}[htbp] |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1028 |
\begin{constants} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1029 |
\it symbol & \it meta-type & & \it description \\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1030 |
\cdx{Pair} & $[\alpha,\beta]\To \alpha\times\beta$ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1031 |
& & ordered pairs $(a,b)$ \\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1032 |
\cdx{fst} & $\alpha\times\beta \To \alpha$ & & first projection\\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1033 |
\cdx{snd} & $\alpha\times\beta \To \beta$ & & second projection\\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1034 |
\cdx{split} & $[[\alpha,\beta]\To\gamma, \alpha\times\beta] \To \gamma$ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1035 |
& & generalized projection\\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1036 |
\cdx{Sigma} & |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1037 |
$[\alpha\,set, \alpha\To\beta\,set]\To(\alpha\times\beta)set$ & |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1038 |
& general sum of sets |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1039 |
\end{constants} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1040 |
\begin{ttbox}\makeatletter |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1041 |
%\tdx{fst_def} fst p == @a. ? b. p = (a,b) |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1042 |
%\tdx{snd_def} snd p == @b. ? a. p = (a,b) |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1043 |
%\tdx{split_def} split c p == c (fst p) (snd p) |
3152 | 1044 |
\tdx{Sigma_def} Sigma A B == UN x:A. UN y:B x. {\ttlbrace}(x,y){\ttrbrace} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1045 |
|
2926 | 1046 |
\tdx{Pair_eq} ((a,b) = (a',b')) = (a=a' & b=b') |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1047 |
\tdx{Pair_inject} [| (a, b) = (a',b'); [| a=a'; b=b' |] ==> R |] ==> R |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1048 |
\tdx{PairE} [| !!x y. p = (x,y) ==> Q |] ==> Q |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1049 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1050 |
\tdx{fst_conv} fst (a,b) = a |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1051 |
\tdx{snd_conv} snd (a,b) = b |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1052 |
\tdx{surjective_pairing} p = (fst p,snd p) |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1053 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1054 |
\tdx{split} split c (a,b) = c a b |
4834 | 1055 |
\tdx{split_split} R(split c p) = (! x y. p = (x,y) --> R(c x y)) |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1056 |
|
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
1057 |
\tdx{SigmaI} [| a:A; b:B a |] ==> (a,b) : Sigma A B |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
1058 |
\tdx{SigmaE} [| c:Sigma A B; !!x y.[| x:A; y:B x; c=(x,y) |] ==> P |] ==> P |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1059 |
\end{ttbox} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1060 |
\caption{Type $\alpha\times\beta$}\label{hol-prod} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1061 |
\end{figure} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1062 |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1063 |
Theory \thydx{Prod} (Fig.\ts\ref{hol-prod}) defines the product type |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1064 |
$\alpha\times\beta$, with the ordered pair syntax $(a, b)$. General |
3152 | 1065 |
tuples are simulated by pairs nested to the right: |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1066 |
\begin{center} |
5764 | 1067 |
\begin{tabular}{c|c} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1068 |
external & internal \\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1069 |
\hline |
3152 | 1070 |
$\tau@1 \times \dots \times \tau@n$ & $\tau@1 \times (\dots (\tau@{n-1} \times \tau@n)\dots)$ \\ |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1071 |
\hline |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1072 |
$(t@1,\dots,t@n)$ & $(t@1,(\dots,(t@{n-1},t@n)\dots)$ \\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1073 |
\end{tabular} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1074 |
\end{center} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1075 |
In addition, it is possible to use tuples |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1076 |
as patterns in abstractions: |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1077 |
\begin{center} |
6076 | 1078 |
{\tt\%($x$,$y$). $t$} \quad stands for\quad \texttt{split(\%$x$\thinspace$y$.\ $t$)} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1079 |
\end{center} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1080 |
Nested patterns are also supported. They are translated stepwise: |
5151 | 1081 |
{\tt\%($x$,$y$,$z$). $t$} $\leadsto$ {\tt\%($x$,($y$,$z$)). $t$} $\leadsto$ |
1082 |
{\tt split(\%$x$.\%($y$,$z$). $t$)} $\leadsto$ \texttt{split(\%$x$. split(\%$y$ |
|
6076 | 1083 |
$z$.\ $t$))}. The reverse translation is performed upon printing. |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1084 |
\begin{warn} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1085 |
The translation between patterns and \texttt{split} is performed automatically |
1448
77379ae9ff0d
Stylistic changes to discussion of pattern-matching
paulson
parents:
1429
diff
changeset
|
1086 |
by the parser and printer. Thus the internal and external form of a term |
2926 | 1087 |
may differ, which can affects proofs. For example the term {\tt |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1088 |
(\%(x,y).(y,x))(a,b)} requires the theorem \texttt{split} (which is in the |
2926 | 1089 |
default simpset) to rewrite to {\tt(b,a)}. |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1090 |
\end{warn} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1091 |
In addition to explicit $\lambda$-abstractions, patterns can be used in any |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1092 |
variable binding construct which is internally described by a |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1093 |
$\lambda$-abstraction. Some important examples are |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1094 |
\begin{description} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1095 |
\item[Let:] \texttt{let {\it pattern} = $t$ in $u$} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1096 |
\item[Quantifiers:] \texttt{!~{\it pattern}:$A$.~$P$} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1097 |
\item[Choice:] {\underscoreon \tt @~{\it pattern}~.~$P$} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1098 |
\item[Set operations:] \texttt{UN~{\it pattern}:$A$.~$B$} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1099 |
\item[Sets:] \texttt{{\ttlbrace}~{\it pattern}~.~$P$~{\ttrbrace}} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1100 |
\end{description} |
1471 | 1101 |
|
1102 |
There is a simple tactic which supports reasoning about patterns: |
|
1103 |
\begin{ttdescription} |
|
1104 |
\item[\ttindexbold{split_all_tac} $i$] replaces in subgoal $i$ all |
|
1105 |
{\tt!!}-quantified variables of product type by individual variables for |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1106 |
each component. A simple example: |
1471 | 1107 |
\begin{ttbox} |
1108 |
{\out 1. !!p. (\%(x,y,z). (x, y, z)) p = p} |
|
1109 |
by(split_all_tac 1); |
|
1110 |
{\out 1. !!x xa ya. (\%(x,y,z). (x, y, z)) (x, xa, ya) = (x, xa, ya)} |
|
1111 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
1112 |
\end{ttdescription} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1113 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1114 |
Theory \texttt{Prod} also introduces the degenerate product type \texttt{unit} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1115 |
which contains only a single element named {\tt()} with the property |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1116 |
\begin{ttbox} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1117 |
\tdx{unit_eq} u = () |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1118 |
\end{ttbox} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1119 |
\bigskip |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1120 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1121 |
Theory \thydx{Sum} (Fig.~\ref{hol-sum}) defines the sum type $\alpha+\beta$ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1122 |
which associates to the right and has a lower priority than $*$: $\tau@1 + |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1123 |
\tau@2 + \tau@3*\tau@4$ means $\tau@1 + (\tau@2 + (\tau@3*\tau@4))$. |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1124 |
|
3152 | 1125 |
The definition of products and sums in terms of existing types is not |
1126 |
shown. The constructions are fairly standard and can be found in the |
|
1127 |
respective theory files. |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1128 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1129 |
\begin{figure} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1130 |
\begin{constants} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1131 |
\it symbol & \it meta-type & & \it description \\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1132 |
\cdx{Inl} & $\alpha \To \alpha+\beta$ & & first injection\\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1133 |
\cdx{Inr} & $\beta \To \alpha+\beta$ & & second injection\\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1134 |
\cdx{sum_case} & $[\alpha\To\gamma, \beta\To\gamma, \alpha+\beta] \To\gamma$ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1135 |
& & conditional |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1136 |
\end{constants} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1137 |
\begin{ttbox}\makeatletter |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1138 |
%\tdx{sum_case_def} sum_case == (\%f g p. @z. (!x. p=Inl x --> z=f x) & |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1139 |
% (!y. p=Inr y --> z=g y)) |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1140 |
% |
3152 | 1141 |
\tdx{Inl_not_Inr} Inl a ~= Inr b |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1143 |
\tdx{inj_Inl} inj Inl |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1144 |
\tdx{inj_Inr} inj Inr |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
|
1489 | 1146 |
\tdx{sumE} [| !!x. P(Inl x); !!y. P(Inr y) |] ==> P s |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1147 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1148 |
\tdx{sum_case_Inl} sum_case f g (Inl x) = f x |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
\tdx{sum_case_Inr} sum_case f g (Inr x) = g x |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1150 |
|
1489 | 1151 |
\tdx{surjective_sum} sum_case (\%x. f(Inl x)) (\%y. f(Inr y)) s = f s |
4834 | 1152 |
\tdx{split_sum_case} R(sum_case f g s) = ((! x. s = Inl(x) --> R(f(x))) & |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1153 |
(! y. s = Inr(y) --> R(g(y)))) |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1154 |
\end{ttbox} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1155 |
\caption{Type $\alpha+\beta$}\label{hol-sum} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1156 |
\end{figure} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1157 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1158 |
\begin{figure} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1159 |
\index{*"< symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1160 |
\index{*"* symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1161 |
\index{*div symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1162 |
\index{*mod symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1163 |
\index{*"+ symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1164 |
\index{*"- symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1165 |
\begin{constants} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1166 |
\it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1167 |
\cdx{0} & $nat$ & & zero \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1168 |
\cdx{Suc} & $nat \To nat$ & & successor function\\ |
2926 | 1169 |
% \cdx{nat_case} & $[\alpha, nat\To\alpha, nat] \To\alpha$ & & conditional\\ |
1170 |
% \cdx{nat_rec} & $[nat, \alpha, [nat, \alpha]\To\alpha] \To \alpha$ |
|
1171 |
% & & primitive recursor\\ |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1172 |
\tt * & $[nat,nat]\To nat$ & Left 70 & multiplication \\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1173 |
\tt div & $[nat,nat]\To nat$ & Left 70 & division\\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1174 |
\tt mod & $[nat,nat]\To nat$ & Left 70 & modulus\\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1175 |
\tt + & $[nat,nat]\To nat$ & Left 65 & addition\\ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1176 |
\tt - & $[nat,nat]\To nat$ & Left 65 & subtraction |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1177 |
\end{constants} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1178 |
\subcaption{Constants and infixes} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1179 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1180 |
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother |
3045 | 1181 |
\tdx{nat_induct} [| P 0; !!n. P n ==> P(Suc n) |] ==> P n |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1182 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1183 |
\tdx{Suc_not_Zero} Suc m ~= 0 |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1184 |
\tdx{inj_Suc} inj Suc |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1185 |
\tdx{n_not_Suc_n} n~=Suc n |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1186 |
\subcaption{Basic properties} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1187 |
\end{ttbox} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1188 |
\caption{The type of natural numbers, \tydx{nat}} \label{hol-nat1} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1189 |
\end{figure} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1190 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1191 |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1192 |
\begin{figure} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1193 |
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother |
2926 | 1194 |
0+n = n |
1195 |
(Suc m)+n = Suc(m+n) |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1196 |
|
2926 | 1197 |
m-0 = m |
1198 |
0-n = n |
|
1199 |
Suc(m)-Suc(n) = m-n |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1200 |
|
2926 | 1201 |
0*n = 0 |
1202 |
Suc(m)*n = n + m*n |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1203 |
|
2926 | 1204 |
\tdx{mod_less} m<n ==> m mod n = m |
1205 |
\tdx{mod_geq} [| 0<n; ~m<n |] ==> m mod n = (m-n) mod n |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1206 |
|
2926 | 1207 |
\tdx{div_less} m<n ==> m div n = 0 |
1208 |
\tdx{div_geq} [| 0<n; ~m<n |] ==> m div n = Suc((m-n) div n) |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1209 |
\end{ttbox} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1210 |
\caption{Recursion equations for the arithmetic operators} \label{hol-nat2} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1211 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1212 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1213 |
\subsection{The type of natural numbers, \textit{nat}} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1214 |
\index{nat@{\textit{nat}} type|(} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1215 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1216 |
The theory \thydx{NatDef} defines the natural numbers in a roundabout but |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1217 |
traditional way. The axiom of infinity postulates a type~\tydx{ind} of |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1218 |
individuals, which is non-empty and closed under an injective operation. The |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1219 |
natural numbers are inductively generated by choosing an arbitrary individual |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1220 |
for~0 and using the injective operation to take successors. This is a least |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1221 |
fixedpoint construction. For details see the file \texttt{NatDef.thy}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1222 |
|
2926 | 1223 |
Type~\tydx{nat} is an instance of class~\cldx{ord}, which makes the |
1224 |
overloaded functions of this class (esp.\ \cdx{<} and \cdx{<=}, but also |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1225 |
\cdx{min}, \cdx{max} and \cdx{LEAST}) available on \tydx{nat}. Theory |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1226 |
\thydx{Nat} builds on \texttt{NatDef} and shows that {\tt<=} is a partial order, |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1227 |
so \tydx{nat} is also an instance of class \cldx{order}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1228 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1229 |
Theory \thydx{Arith} develops arithmetic on the natural numbers. It defines |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1230 |
addition, multiplication and subtraction. Theory \thydx{Divides} defines |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1231 |
division, remainder and the ``divides'' relation. The numerous theorems |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1232 |
proved include commutative, associative, distributive, identity and |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1233 |
cancellation laws. See Figs.\ts\ref{hol-nat1} and~\ref{hol-nat2}. The |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1234 |
recursion equations for the operators \texttt{+}, \texttt{-} and \texttt{*} on |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1235 |
\texttt{nat} are part of the default simpset. |
2926 | 1236 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1237 |
Functions on \tydx{nat} can be defined by primitive or well-founded recursion; |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1238 |
see \S\ref{sec:HOL:recursive}. A simple example is addition. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1239 |
Here, \texttt{op +} is the name of the infix operator~\texttt{+}, following |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1240 |
the standard convention. |
2926 | 1241 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5751 | 1242 |
\sdx{primrec} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1243 |
" 0 + n = n" |
2926 | 1244 |
"Suc m + n = Suc(m + n)" |
1245 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1246 |
There is also a \sdx{case}-construct |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1247 |
of the form |
2926 | 1248 |
\begin{ttbox} |
1249 |
case \(e\) of 0 => \(a\) | Suc \(m\) => \(b\) |
|
1250 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
1251 |
Note that Isabelle insists on precisely this format; you may not even change |
|
1252 |
the order of the two cases. |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1253 |
Both \texttt{primrec} and \texttt{case} are realized by a recursion operator |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1254 |
\cdx{nat_rec}, the details of which can be found in theory \texttt{NatDef}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1255 |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1256 |
%The predecessor relation, \cdx{pred_nat}, is shown to be well-founded. |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1257 |
%Recursion along this relation resembles primitive recursion, but is |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1258 |
%stronger because we are in higher-order logic; using primitive recursion to |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1259 |
%define a higher-order function, we can easily Ackermann's function, which |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1260 |
%is not primitive recursive \cite[page~104]{thompson91}. |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1261 |
%The transitive closure of \cdx{pred_nat} is~$<$. Many functions on the |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1262 |
%natural numbers are most easily expressed using recursion along~$<$. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1263 |
|
3045 | 1264 |
Tactic {\tt\ttindex{induct_tac} "$n$" $i$} performs induction on variable~$n$ |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1265 |
in subgoal~$i$ using theorem \texttt{nat_induct}. There is also the derived |
3152 | 1266 |
theorem \tdx{less_induct}: |
2926 | 1267 |
\begin{ttbox} |
1268 |
[| !!n. [| ! m. m<n --> P m |] ==> P n |] ==> P n |
|
1269 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
1270 |
||
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1271 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1272 |
Reasoning about arithmetic inequalities can be tedious. A minimal amount of |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1273 |
automation is provided by the tactic \ttindex{trans_tac} of type \texttt{int -> |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1274 |
tactic} that deals with simple inequalities. Note that it only knows about |
6076 | 1275 |
\texttt{0}, \texttt{Suc}, {\tt<} and {\tt<=}. The following goals are all solved by |
1276 |
\texttt{trans_tac 1}: |
|
2926 | 1277 |
\begin{ttbox} |
3152 | 1278 |
{\out 1. \dots ==> m <= Suc(Suc m)} |
2926 | 1279 |
{\out 1. [| \dots i <= j \dots Suc j <= k \dots |] ==> i < k} |
1280 |
{\out 1. [| \dots Suc m <= n \dots ~ m < n \dots |] ==> \dots} |
|
1281 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
1282 |
For a complete description of the limitations of the tactic and how to avoid |
|
1283 |
some of them, see the comments at the start of the file {\tt |
|
1284 |
Provers/nat_transitive.ML}. |
|
1285 |
||
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1286 |
If \texttt{trans_tac} fails you, try to find relevant arithmetic results in |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1287 |
the library. The theory \texttt{NatDef} contains theorems about {\tt<} and |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1288 |
{\tt<=}, the theory \texttt{Arith} contains theorems about \texttt{+}, |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1289 |
\texttt{-} and \texttt{*}, and theory \texttt{Divides} contains theorems about |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1290 |
\texttt{div} and \texttt{mod}. Use the \texttt{find}-functions to locate them |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1291 |
(see the {\em Reference Manual\/}). |
2926 | 1292 |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1293 |
\begin{figure} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1294 |
\index{#@{\tt[]} symbol} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1295 |
\index{#@{\tt\#} symbol} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1296 |
\index{"@@{\tt\at} symbol} |
4503 | 1297 |
\index{*"! symbol} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1298 |
\begin{constants} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1299 |
\it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\ |
2926 | 1300 |
\tt[] & $\alpha\,list$ & & empty list\\ |
1301 |
\tt \# & $[\alpha,\alpha\,list]\To \alpha\,list$ & Right 65 & |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1302 |
list constructor \\ |
2926 | 1303 |
\cdx{null} & $\alpha\,list \To bool$ & & emptiness test\\ |
1304 |
\cdx{hd} & $\alpha\,list \To \alpha$ & & head \\ |
|
1305 |
\cdx{tl} & $\alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list$ & & tail \\ |
|
3881 | 1306 |
\cdx{last} & $\alpha\,list \To \alpha$ & & last element \\ |
1307 |
\cdx{butlast} & $\alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list$ & & drop last element \\ |
|
2926 | 1308 |
\tt\at & $[\alpha\,list,\alpha\,list]\To \alpha\,list$ & Left 65 & append \\ |
1309 |
\cdx{map} & $(\alpha\To\beta) \To (\alpha\,list \To \beta\,list)$ |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1310 |
& & apply to all\\ |
2926 | 1311 |
\cdx{filter} & $(\alpha \To bool) \To (\alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list)$ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1312 |
& & filter functional\\ |
3487 | 1313 |
\cdx{set}& $\alpha\,list \To \alpha\,set$ & & elements\\ |
4503 | 1314 |
\sdx{mem} & $\alpha \To \alpha\,list \To bool$ & Left 55 & membership\\ |
2926 | 1315 |
\cdx{foldl} & $(\beta\To\alpha\To\beta) \To \beta \To \alpha\,list \To \beta$ & |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1316 |
& iteration \\ |
2926 | 1317 |
\cdx{concat} & $(\alpha\,list)list\To \alpha\,list$ & & concatenation \\ |
1318 |
\cdx{rev} & $\alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list$ & & reverse \\ |
|
1319 |
\cdx{length} & $\alpha\,list \To nat$ & & length \\ |
|
4503 | 1320 |
\tt! & $\alpha\,list \To nat \To \alpha$ & Left 100 & indexing \\ |
2926 | 1321 |
\cdx{take}, \cdx{drop} & $nat \To \alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list$ && |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1322 |
take or drop a prefix \\ |
2926 | 1323 |
\cdx{takeWhile},\\ |
1324 |
\cdx{dropWhile} & |
|
1325 |
$(\alpha \To bool) \To \alpha\,list \To \alpha\,list$ && |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1326 |
take or drop a prefix |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1327 |
\end{constants} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1328 |
\subcaption{Constants and infixes} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1329 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1330 |
\begin{center} \tt\frenchspacing |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1331 |
\begin{tabular}{rrr} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1332 |
\it external & \it internal & \it description \\{} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1333 |
[$x@1$, $\dots$, $x@n$] & $x@1$ \# $\cdots$ \# $x@n$ \# [] & |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1334 |
\rm finite list \\{} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1335 |
[$x$:$l$. $P$] & filter ($\lambda x{.}P$) $l$ & |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1336 |
\rm list comprehension |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1337 |
\end{tabular} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1338 |
\end{center} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1339 |
\subcaption{Translations} |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
1340 |
\caption{The theory \thydx{List}} \label{hol-list} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1341 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1342 |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1343 |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1344 |
\begin{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1345 |
\begin{ttbox}\makeatother |
2926 | 1346 |
null [] = True |
1347 |
null (x#xs) = False |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1348 |
|
2926 | 1349 |
hd (x#xs) = x |
1350 |
tl (x#xs) = xs |
|
3881 | 1351 |
tl [] = [] |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1352 |
|
2926 | 1353 |
[] @ ys = ys |
1354 |
(x#xs) @ ys = x # xs @ ys |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1355 |
|
2926 | 1356 |
map f [] = [] |
1357 |
map f (x#xs) = f x # map f xs |
|
1358 |
||
1359 |
filter P [] = [] |
|
1360 |
filter P (x#xs) = (if P x then x#filter P xs else filter P xs) |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1361 |
|
3487 | 1362 |
set [] = \ttlbrace\ttrbrace |
1363 |
set (x#xs) = insert x (set xs) |
|
2926 | 1364 |
|
1365 |
x mem [] = False |
|
1366 |
x mem (y#ys) = (if y=x then True else x mem ys) |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1367 |
|
2926 | 1368 |
foldl f a [] = a |
1369 |
foldl f a (x#xs) = foldl f (f a x) xs |
|
1370 |
||
1371 |
concat([]) = [] |
|
1372 |
concat(x#xs) = x @ concat(xs) |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1373 |
|
2926 | 1374 |
rev([]) = [] |
1375 |
rev(x#xs) = rev(xs) @ [x] |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1376 |
|
2926 | 1377 |
length([]) = 0 |
1378 |
length(x#xs) = Suc(length(xs)) |
|
1379 |
||
4503 | 1380 |
xs!0 = hd xs |
1381 |
xs!(Suc n) = (tl xs)!n |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1382 |
|
2926 | 1383 |
take n [] = [] |
1384 |
take n (x#xs) = (case n of 0 => [] | Suc(m) => x # take m xs) |
|
1385 |
||
1386 |
drop n [] = [] |
|
1387 |
drop n (x#xs) = (case n of 0 => x#xs | Suc(m) => drop m xs) |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
|
2926 | 1389 |
takeWhile P [] = [] |
1390 |
takeWhile P (x#xs) = (if P x then x#takeWhile P xs else []) |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1391 |
|
2926 | 1392 |
dropWhile P [] = [] |
1393 |
dropWhile P (x#xs) = (if P x then dropWhile P xs else xs) |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1394 |
\end{ttbox} |
2926 | 1395 |
\caption{Recursions equations for list processing functions} |
1396 |
\label{fig:HOL:list-simps} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1397 |
\end{figure} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1398 |
\index{nat@{\textit{nat}} type|)} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1399 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1400 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1401 |
\subsection{The type constructor for lists, \textit{list}} |
3959 | 1402 |
\label{subsec:list} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1403 |
\index{list@{\textit{list}} type|(} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1404 |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1405 |
Figure~\ref{hol-list} presents the theory \thydx{List}: the basic list |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1406 |
operations with their types and syntax. Type $\alpha \; list$ is |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1407 |
defined as a \texttt{datatype} with the constructors {\tt[]} and {\tt\#}. |
3287 | 1408 |
As a result the generic structural induction and case analysis tactics |
1409 |
\texttt{induct\_tac} and \texttt{exhaust\_tac} also become available for |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1410 |
lists. A \sdx{case} construct of the form |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1411 |
\begin{center}\tt |
2926 | 1412 |
case $e$ of [] => $a$ | \(x\)\#\(xs\) => b |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1413 |
\end{center} |
3959 | 1414 |
is defined by translation. For details see~\S\ref{sec:HOL:datatype}. There |
4067
207a7811faa9
Documented `split_t_case' thm genearted by datatype.
nipkow
parents:
3962
diff
changeset
|
1415 |
is also a case splitting rule \tdx{split_list_case} |
3959 | 1416 |
\[ |
1417 |
\begin{array}{l} |
|
1418 |
P(\mathtt{case}~e~\mathtt{of}~\texttt{[] =>}~a ~\texttt{|}~ |
|
1419 |
x\texttt{\#}xs~\texttt{=>}~f~x~xs) ~= \\ |
|
1420 |
((e = \texttt{[]} \to P(a)) \land |
|
1421 |
(\forall x~ xs. e = x\texttt{\#}xs \to P(f~x~xs))) |
|
1422 |
\end{array} |
|
1423 |
\] |
|
1424 |
which can be fed to \ttindex{addsplits} just like |
|
4834 | 1425 |
\texttt{split_if} (see~\S\ref{subsec:HOL:case:splitting}). |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1426 |
|
6076 | 1427 |
\texttt{List} provides a basic library of list processing functions defined by |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1428 |
primitive recursion (see~\S\ref{sec:HOL:primrec}). The recursion equations |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1429 |
are shown in Fig.\ts\ref{fig:HOL:list-simps}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1430 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1431 |
\index{list@{\textit{list}} type|)} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1432 |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1433 |
|
3152 | 1434 |
\subsection{Introducing new types} \label{sec:typedef} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1435 |
|
3152 | 1436 |
The \HOL-methodology dictates that all extensions to a theory should |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1437 |
be \textbf{definitional}. The type definition mechanism that |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1438 |
meets this criterion is \ttindex{typedef}. Note that \emph{type synonyms}, |
3152 | 1439 |
which are inherited from {\Pure} and described elsewhere, are just |
1440 |
syntactic abbreviations that have no logical meaning. |
|
1441 |
||
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1442 |
\begin{warn} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1443 |
Types in \HOL\ must be non-empty; otherwise the quantifier rules would be |
1429 | 1444 |
unsound, because $\exists x. x=x$ is a theorem \cite[\S7]{paulson-COLOG}. |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1445 |
\end{warn} |
3160 | 1446 |
A \bfindex{type definition} identifies the new type with a subset of |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1447 |
an existing type. More precisely, the new type is defined by |
3160 | 1448 |
exhibiting an existing type~$\tau$, a set~$A::\tau\,set$, and a |
1449 |
theorem of the form $x:A$. Thus~$A$ is a non-empty subset of~$\tau$, |
|
1450 |
and the new type denotes this subset. New functions are defined that |
|
1451 |
establish an isomorphism between the new type and the subset. If |
|
1452 |
type~$\tau$ involves type variables $\alpha@1$, \ldots, $\alpha@n$, |
|
1453 |
then the type definition creates a type constructor |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1454 |
$(\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@n)ty$ rather than a particular type. |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1455 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1456 |
\begin{figure}[htbp] |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1457 |
\begin{rail} |
3152 | 1458 |
typedef : 'typedef' ( () | '(' name ')') type '=' set witness; |
5764 | 1459 |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1460 |
type : typevarlist name ( () | '(' infix ')' ); |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1461 |
set : string; |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1462 |
witness : () | '(' id ')'; |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1463 |
\end{rail} |
3152 | 1464 |
\caption{Syntax of type definitions} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1465 |
\label{fig:HOL:typedef} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1466 |
\end{figure} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1467 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1468 |
The syntax for type definitions is shown in Fig.~\ref{fig:HOL:typedef}. For |
2926 | 1469 |
the definition of `typevarlist' and `infix' see |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1470 |
\iflabelundefined{chap:classical} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1471 |
{the appendix of the {\em Reference Manual\/}}% |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1472 |
{Appendix~\ref{app:TheorySyntax}}. The remaining nonterminals have the |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1473 |
following meaning: |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1474 |
\begin{description} |
3152 | 1475 |
\item[\it type:] the new type constructor $(\alpha@1,\dots,\alpha@n)ty$ with |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1476 |
optional infix annotation. |
3152 | 1477 |
\item[\it name:] an alphanumeric name $T$ for the type constructor |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1478 |
$ty$, in case $ty$ is a symbolic name. Defaults to $ty$. |
3152 | 1479 |
\item[\it set:] the representing subset $A$. |
1480 |
\item[\it witness:] name of a theorem of the form $a:A$ proving |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1481 |
non-emptiness. It can be omitted in case Isabelle manages to prove |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1482 |
non-emptiness automatically. |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1483 |
\end{description} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
If all context conditions are met (no duplicate type variables in |
2926 | 1485 |
`typevarlist', no extra type variables in `set', and no free term variables |
1486 |
in `set'), the following components are added to the theory: |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1487 |
\begin{itemize} |
3160 | 1488 |
\item a type $ty :: (term,\dots,term)term$ |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1489 |
\item constants |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1490 |
\begin{eqnarray*} |
3152 | 1491 |
T &::& \tau\;set \\ |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1492 |
Rep_T &::& (\alpha@1,\dots,\alpha@n)ty \To \tau \\ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1493 |
Abs_T &::& \tau \To (\alpha@1,\dots,\alpha@n)ty |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1494 |
\end{eqnarray*} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1495 |
\item a definition and three axioms |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1496 |
\[ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1497 |
\begin{array}{ll} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1498 |
T{\tt_def} & T \equiv A \\ |
3152 | 1499 |
{\tt Rep_}T & Rep_T\,x \in T \\ |
1500 |
{\tt Rep_}T{\tt_inverse} & Abs_T\,(Rep_T\,x) = x \\ |
|
1501 |
{\tt Abs_}T{\tt_inverse} & y \in T \Imp Rep_T\,(Abs_T\,y) = y |
|
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1502 |
\end{array} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1503 |
\] |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1504 |
stating that $(\alpha@1,\dots,\alpha@n)ty$ is isomorphic to $A$ by $Rep_T$ |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1505 |
and its inverse $Abs_T$. |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1506 |
\end{itemize} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1507 |
Below are two simple examples of \HOL\ type definitions. Non-emptiness |
3160 | 1508 |
is proved automatically here. |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1509 |
\begin{ttbox} |
3152 | 1510 |
typedef unit = "{\ttlbrace}True{\ttrbrace}" |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1511 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1512 |
typedef (prod) |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1513 |
('a, 'b) "*" (infixr 20) |
3152 | 1514 |
= "{\ttlbrace}f . EX (a::'a) (b::'b). f = (\%x y. x = a & y = b){\ttrbrace}" |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1515 |
\end{ttbox} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1516 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1517 |
Type definitions permit the introduction of abstract data types in a safe |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1518 |
way, namely by providing models based on already existing types. Given some |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1519 |
abstract axiomatic description $P$ of a type, this involves two steps: |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1520 |
\begin{enumerate} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1521 |
\item Find an appropriate type $\tau$ and subset $A$ which has the desired |
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
1522 |
properties $P$, and make a type definition based on this representation. |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1523 |
\item Prove that $P$ holds for $ty$ by lifting $P$ from the representation. |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1524 |
\end{enumerate} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1525 |
You can now forget about the representation and work solely in terms of the |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1526 |
abstract properties $P$. |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1527 |
|
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1528 |
\begin{warn} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1529 |
If you introduce a new type (constructor) $ty$ axiomatically, i.e.\ by |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1530 |
declaring the type and its operations and by stating the desired axioms, you |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1531 |
should make sure the type has a non-empty model. You must also have a clause |
1429 | 1532 |
\par |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1533 |
\begin{ttbox} |
3152 | 1534 |
arities \(ty\) :: (term,\thinspace\(\dots\),{\thinspace}term){\thinspace}term |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1535 |
\end{ttbox} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1536 |
in your theory file to tell Isabelle that $ty$ is in class \texttt{term}, the |
3152 | 1537 |
class of all \HOL\ types. |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1538 |
\end{warn} |
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1539 |
|
5751 | 1540 |
|
1541 |
\section{Records} |
|
5735 | 1542 |
|
5764 | 1543 |
At a first approximation, records are just a minor generalisation of tuples, |
1544 |
where components may be addressed by labels instead of just position (think of |
|
1545 |
{\ML}, for example). The version of records offered by Isabelle/HOL is |
|
1546 |
slightly more advanced, though, supporting \emph{extensible record schemes}. |
|
1547 |
This admits operations that are polymorphic with respect to record extension, |
|
1548 |
yielding ``object-oriented'' effects like (single) inheritance. See also |
|
1549 |
\cite{Naraschewski-Wenzel:1998:TPHOL} for more details on object-oriented |
|
1550 |
verification and record subtyping in HOL. |
|
1551 |
||
5735 | 1552 |
|
5751 | 1553 |
\subsection{Basics} |
1554 |
||
5764 | 1555 |
Isabelle/HOL supports fixed and schematic records both at the level of terms |
1556 |
and types. The concrete syntax is as follows: |
|
1557 |
||
1558 |
\begin{center} |
|
5751 | 1559 |
\begin{tabular}{l|l|l} |
5764 | 1560 |
& record terms & record types \\ \hline |
5751 | 1561 |
fixed & $\record{x = a\fs y = b}$ & $\record{x \ty A\fs y \ty B}$ \\ |
5764 | 1562 |
schematic & $\record{x = a\fs y = b\fs \more = m}$ & |
1563 |
$\record{x \ty A\fs y \ty B\fs \more \ty M}$ \\ |
|
5751 | 1564 |
\end{tabular} |
5764 | 1565 |
\end{center} |
1566 |
||
1567 |
\noindent The \textsc{ascii} representation of $\record{x = a}$ is \texttt{(| x = a |)}. |
|
5751 | 1568 |
|
1569 |
A fixed record $\record{x = a\fs y = b}$ has field $x$ of value $a$ and field |
|
1570 |
$y$ of value $b$. The corresponding type is $\record{x \ty A\fs y \ty B}$, |
|
5764 | 1571 |
assuming that $a \ty A$ and $b \ty B$. |
1572 |
||
1573 |
A record scheme like $\record{x = a\fs y = b\fs \more = m}$ contains fields |
|
1574 |
$x$ and $y$ as before, but also possibly further fields as indicated by the |
|
1575 |
``$\more$'' notation (which is actually part of the syntax). The improper |
|
1576 |
field ``$\more$'' of a record scheme is called the \emph{more part}. |
|
1577 |
Logically it is just a free variable, which is occasionally referred to as |
|
1578 |
\emph{row variable} in the literature. The more part of a record scheme may |
|
1579 |
be instantiated by zero or more further components. For example, above scheme |
|
1580 |
might get instantiated to $\record{x = a\fs y = b\fs z = c\fs \more = m'}$, |
|
1581 |
where $m'$ refers to a different more part. Fixed records are special |
|
1582 |
instances of record schemes, where ``$\more$'' is properly terminated by the |
|
1583 |
$() :: unit$ element. Actually, $\record{x = a\fs y = b}$ is just an |
|
1584 |
abbreviation for $\record{x = a\fs y = b\fs \more = ()}$. |
|
5751 | 1585 |
|
1586 |
\medskip |
|
1587 |
||
1588 |
There are two key features that make extensible records in a simply typed |
|
1589 |
language like HOL feasible: |
|
1590 |
\begin{enumerate} |
|
5764 | 1591 |
\item the more part is internalised, as a free term or type variable, |
1592 |
\item field names are externalised, they cannot be accessed within the logic |
|
1593 |
as first-class values. |
|
5751 | 1594 |
\end{enumerate} |
1595 |
||
1596 |
\medskip |
|
1597 |
||
5764 | 1598 |
In Isabelle/HOL record types have to be defined explicitly, fixing their field |
1599 |
names and types, and their (optional) parent record (see |
|
1600 |
\S\ref{sec:HOL:record-def}). Afterwards, records may be formed using above |
|
1601 |
syntax, while obeying the canonical order of fields as given by their |
|
1602 |
declaration. The record package also provides several operations like |
|
1603 |
selectors and updates (see \S\ref{sec:HOL:record-ops}), together with |
|
1604 |
characteristic properties (see \S\ref{sec:HOL:record-thms}). |
|
1605 |
||
1606 |
There is an example theory demonstrating most basic aspects of extensible |
|
1607 |
records (see theory \texttt{HOL/ex/Points} in the Isabelle sources). |
|
5751 | 1608 |
|
1609 |
||
1610 |
\subsection{Defining records}\label{sec:HOL:record-def} |
|
1611 |
||
1612 |
The theory syntax for record type definitions is shown in |
|
1613 |
Fig.~\ref{fig:HOL:record}. For the definition of `typevarlist' and `type' see |
|
1614 |
\iflabelundefined{chap:classical} |
|
1615 |
{the appendix of the {\em Reference Manual\/}}% |
|
1616 |
{Appendix~\ref{app:TheorySyntax}}. |
|
5735 | 1617 |
|
1618 |
\begin{figure}[htbp] |
|
1619 |
\begin{rail} |
|
1620 |
record : 'record' typevarlist name '=' parent (field +); |
|
5764 | 1621 |
|
5735 | 1622 |
parent : ( () | type '+'); |
1623 |
field : name '::' type; |
|
1624 |
\end{rail} |
|
1625 |
\caption{Syntax of record type definitions} |
|
1626 |
\label{fig:HOL:record} |
|
1627 |
\end{figure} |
|
1628 |
||
5751 | 1629 |
A general \ttindex{record} specification is of the following form: |
1630 |
\[ |
|
1631 |
\mathtt{record}~(\alpha@1, \dots, \alpha@n) \, t ~=~ |
|
5764 | 1632 |
(\tau@1, \dots, \tau@m) \, s ~+~ c@1 :: \sigma@1 ~ \dots ~ c@l :: \sigma@l |
5751 | 1633 |
\] |
5764 | 1634 |
where $\vec\alpha@n$ are distinct type variables, and $\vec\tau@m$, |
1635 |
$\vec\sigma@l$ are types containing at most variables from $\vec\alpha@n$. |
|
1636 |
Type constructor $t$ has to be new, while $s$ has to specify an existing |
|
1637 |
record type. Furthermore, the $\vec c@l$ have to be distinct field names. |
|
1638 |
There has to be at least one field. |
|
1639 |
||
1640 |
In principle, field names may never be shared with other records. This is no |
|
1641 |
actual restriction in practice, since $\vec c@l$ are internally declared |
|
1642 |
within a separate name space qualified by the name $t$ of the record. |
|
5751 | 1643 |
|
1644 |
\medskip |
|
1645 |
||
5764 | 1646 |
Above definition introduces a new record type $(\vec\alpha@n) \, t$ by |
1647 |
extending an existing one $(\vec\tau@m) \, s$ by new fields $\vec c@l \ty |
|
1648 |
\vec\sigma@l$. The parent record specification is optional, by omitting it |
|
1649 |
$t$ becomes a \emph{root record}. The hierarchy of all records declared |
|
1650 |
within a theory forms a forest structure, i.e.\ a set of trees, where any of |
|
1651 |
these is rooted by some root record. |
|
1652 |
||
1653 |
For convenience, $(\vec\alpha@n) \, t$ is made a type abbreviation for the |
|
1654 |
fixed record type $\record{\vec c@l \ty \vec\sigma@l}$, and $(\vec\alpha@n, |
|
1655 |
\zeta) \, t_scheme$ is made an abbreviation for $\record{\vec c@l \ty |
|
1656 |
\vec\sigma@l\fs \more \ty \zeta}$. |
|
1657 |
||
1658 |
\medskip |
|
1659 |
||
1660 |
The following simple example defines a root record type $point$ with fields $x |
|
1661 |
\ty nat$ and $y \ty nat$, and record type $cpoint$ by extending $point$ with |
|
1662 |
an additional $colour$ component. |
|
1663 |
||
1664 |
\begin{ttbox} |
|
1665 |
record point = |
|
1666 |
x :: nat |
|
1667 |
y :: nat |
|
1668 |
||
1669 |
record cpoint = point + |
|
1670 |
colour :: string |
|
1671 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
5751 | 1672 |
|
1673 |
||
1674 |
\subsection{Record operations}\label{sec:HOL:record-ops} |
|
1675 |
||
5764 | 1676 |
Any record definition of the form presented above produces certain standard |
1677 |
operations. Selectors and updates are provided for any field, including the |
|
1678 |
improper one ``$more$''. There are also cumulative record constructor |
|
1679 |
functions. |
|
1680 |
||
1681 |
To simplify the presentation below, we first assume that $(\vec\alpha@n) \, t$ |
|
1682 |
is a root record with fields $\vec c@l \ty \vec\sigma@l$. |
|
1683 |
||
1684 |
\medskip |
|
1685 |
||
1686 |
\textbf{Selectors} and \textbf{updates} are available for any field (including |
|
1687 |
``$more$'') as follows: |
|
5751 | 1688 |
\begin{matharray}{lll} |
5764 | 1689 |
c@i & \ty & \record{\vec c@l \ty \vec \sigma@l, \more \ty \zeta} \To \sigma@i \\ |
1690 |
c@i_update & \ty & \sigma@i \To \record{\vec c@l \ty \vec \sigma@l, \more \ty \zeta} \To |
|
1691 |
\record{\vec c@l \ty \vec \sigma@l, \more \ty \zeta} |
|
5751 | 1692 |
\end{matharray} |
1693 |
||
5764 | 1694 |
There is some special syntax for updates: $r \, \record{x \asn a}$ abbreviates |
1695 |
term $x_update \, a \, r$. Repeated updates are also supported: $r \, |
|
5751 | 1696 |
\record{x \asn a} \, \record{y \asn b} \, \record{z \asn c}$ may be written as |
1697 |
$r \, \record{x \asn a\fs y \asn b\fs z \asn c}$. Note that because of |
|
5764 | 1698 |
postfix notation the order of fields shown here is reverse than in the actual |
1699 |
term. This might lead to confusion in conjunction with proof tools like |
|
1700 |
ordered rewriting. |
|
1701 |
||
1702 |
Since repeated updates are just function applications, fields may be freely |
|
1703 |
permuted in $\record{x \asn a\fs y \asn b\fs z \asn c}$, as far as the logic |
|
1704 |
is concerned. Thus commutativity of updates can be proven within the logic |
|
1705 |
for any two fields, but not as a general theorem: fields are not first-class |
|
1706 |
values. |
|
1707 |
||
1708 |
\medskip |
|
1709 |
||
1710 |
\textbf{Make} operations provide cumulative record constructor functions: |
|
1711 |
\begin{matharray}{lll} |
|
1712 |
make & \ty & \vec\sigma@l \To \record{\vec c@l \ty \vec \sigma@l} \\ |
|
1713 |
make_scheme & \ty & \vec\sigma@l \To |
|
1714 |
\zeta \To \record{\vec c@l \ty \vec \sigma@l, \more \ty \zeta} \\ |
|
1715 |
\end{matharray} |
|
1716 |
\noindent |
|
1717 |
These functions are curried. The corresponding definitions in terms of actual |
|
1718 |
record terms are part of the standard simpset. Thus $point\dtt make\,a\,b$ |
|
1719 |
rewrites to $\record{x = a\fs y = b}$. |
|
5751 | 1720 |
|
1721 |
\medskip |
|
1722 |
||
5764 | 1723 |
Any of above selector, update and make operations are declared within a local |
1724 |
name space prefixed by the name $t$ of the record. In case that different |
|
1725 |
records share base names of fields, one has to qualify names explicitly (e.g.\ |
|
1726 |
$t\dtt c@i_update$). This is recommended especially for operations like |
|
1727 |
$make$ or $update_more$ that always have the same base name. Just use $t\dtt |
|
1728 |
make$ etc.\ to avoid confusion. |
|
1729 |
||
1730 |
\bigskip |
|
1731 |
||
1732 |
We reconsider the case of non-root records, which are derived of some parent |
|
1733 |
record. In general, the latter may depend on another parent as well, |
|
1734 |
resulting in a list of \emph{ancestor records}. Appending the lists of fields |
|
1735 |
of all ancestors results in a certain field prefix. The record package |
|
1736 |
automatically takes care of this by lifting operations over this context of |
|
1737 |
ancestor fields. Assuming that $(\vec\alpha@n) \, t$ has ancestor fields |
|
1738 |
$\vec d@k \ty \vec\rho@k$, selectors will get the following types: |
|
5751 | 1739 |
\begin{matharray}{lll} |
5764 | 1740 |
c@i & \ty & \record{\vec d@k \ty \vec\rho@k, \vec c@l \ty \vec \sigma@l, \more \ty \zeta} |
1741 |
\To \sigma@i |
|
5751 | 1742 |
\end{matharray} |
5764 | 1743 |
\noindent |
1744 |
Update and make operations are analogous. |
|
5751 | 1745 |
|
1746 |
||
1747 |
\subsection{Proof tools}\label{sec:HOL:record-thms} |
|
1748 |
||
5764 | 1749 |
The record package provides the following proof rules for any record type $t$. |
5751 | 1750 |
\begin{enumerate} |
1751 |
||
5764 | 1752 |
\item Standard conversions (selectors or updates applied to record constructor |
1753 |
terms, make function definitions) are part of the standard simpset (via |
|
1754 |
\texttt{addsimps}). |
|
1755 |
||
1756 |
\item Inject equations of a form analogous to $((x, y) = (x', y')) \equiv x=x' |
|
1757 |
\conj y=y'$ are made part of the standard simpset and claset (via |
|
1758 |
\texttt{addIffs}). |
|
5751 | 1759 |
|
5764 | 1760 |
\item A tactic for record field splitting (\ttindex{record_split_tac}) is made |
1761 |
part of the standard claset (via \texttt{addSWrapper}). This tactic is |
|
1762 |
based on rules analogous to $(\All x PROP~P~x) \equiv (\All{a~b} PROP~P(a, |
|
1763 |
b))$ for any field. |
|
5751 | 1764 |
\end{enumerate} |
1765 |
||
5764 | 1766 |
The first two kinds of rules are stored within the theory as $t\dtt simps$ and |
1767 |
$t\dtt iffs$, respectively. In some situations it might be appropriate to |
|
1768 |
expand the definitions of updates: $t\dtt updates$. Following a new trend in |
|
1769 |
Isabelle system architecture, these names are \emph{not} bound at the {\ML} |
|
1770 |
level, though. |
|
1771 |
||
1772 |
\medskip |
|
1773 |
||
1774 |
The example theory \texttt{HOL/ex/Points} demonstrates typical proofs |
|
1775 |
concerning records. The basic idea is to make \ttindex{record_split_tac} |
|
1776 |
expand quantified record variables and then simplify by the conversion rules. |
|
1777 |
By using a combination of the simplifier and classical prover together with |
|
1778 |
the default simpset and claset, record problems should be solved with a single |
|
1779 |
stroke of \texttt{Auto_tac} or \texttt{Force_tac}. |
|
5735 | 1780 |
|
1781 |
||
5743 | 1782 |
\section{Datatype definitions} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
1783 |
\label{sec:HOL:datatype} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1784 |
\index{*datatype|(} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1785 |
|
6076 | 1786 |
Inductive datatypes, similar to those of \ML, frequently appear in |
5764 | 1787 |
applications of Isabelle/HOL. In principle, such types could be defined by |
1788 |
hand via \texttt{typedef} (see \S\ref{sec:typedef}), but this would be far too |
|
1789 |
tedious. The \ttindex{datatype} definition package of \HOL\ automates such |
|
1790 |
chores. It generates an appropriate \texttt{typedef} based on a least |
|
1791 |
fixed-point construction, and proves freeness theorems and induction rules, as |
|
1792 |
well as theorems for recursion and case combinators. The user just has to |
|
1793 |
give a simple specification of new inductive types using a notation similar to |
|
1794 |
{\ML} or Haskell. |
|
1795 |
||
1796 |
The current datatype package can handle both mutual and indirect recursion. |
|
1797 |
It also offers to represent existing types as datatypes giving the advantage |
|
1798 |
of a more uniform view on standard theories. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1799 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1800 |
|
3152 | 1801 |
\subsection{Basics} |
3959 | 1802 |
\label{subsec:datatype:basics} |
2926 | 1803 |
|
5764 | 1804 |
A general \texttt{datatype} definition is of the following form: |
3152 | 1805 |
\[ |
5743 | 1806 |
\begin{array}{llcl} |
1807 |
\mathtt{datatype} & (\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@1 & = & |
|
1808 |
C^1@1~\tau^1@{1,1}~\ldots~\tau^1@{1,m^1@1} ~\mid~ \ldots ~\mid~ |
|
1809 |
C^1@{k@1}~\tau^1@{k@1,1}~\ldots~\tau^1@{k@1,m^1@{k@1}} \\ |
|
1810 |
& & \vdots \\ |
|
1811 |
\mathtt{and} & (\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@n & = & |
|
1812 |
C^n@1~\tau^n@{1,1}~\ldots~\tau^n@{1,m^n@1} ~\mid~ \ldots ~\mid~ |
|
1813 |
C^n@{k@n}~\tau^n@{k@n,1}~\ldots~\tau^n@{k@n,m^n@{k@n}} |
|
1814 |
\end{array} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1815 |
\] |
5743 | 1816 |
where $\alpha@i$ are type variables, $C^j@i$ are distinct constructor |
1817 |
names and $\tau^j@{i,i'}$ are {\em admissible} types containing at |
|
1818 |
most the type variables $\alpha@1, \ldots, \alpha@h$. A type $\tau$ |
|
5764 | 1819 |
occurring in a \texttt{datatype} definition is {\em admissible} iff |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1820 |
\begin{itemize} |
5764 | 1821 |
\item $\tau$ is non-recursive, i.e.\ $\tau$ does not contain any of the |
5743 | 1822 |
newly defined type constructors $t@1,\ldots,t@n$, or |
1823 |
\item $\tau = (\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@{j'}$ where $1 \leq j' \leq n$, or |
|
1824 |
\item $\tau = (\tau'@1,\ldots,\tau'@{h'})t'$, where $t'$ is |
|
1825 |
the type constructor of an already existing datatype and $\tau'@1,\ldots,\tau'@{h'}$ |
|
1826 |
are admissible types. |
|
1827 |
\end{itemize} |
|
1828 |
If some $(\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@{j'}$ occurs in a type $\tau^j@{i,i'}$ |
|
1829 |
of the form |
|
1830 |
\[ |
|
1831 |
(\ldots,\ldots ~ (\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@{j'} ~ \ldots,\ldots)t' |
|
1832 |
\] |
|
5764 | 1833 |
this is called a {\em nested} (or \emph{indirect}) occurrence. A very simple |
6076 | 1834 |
example of a datatype is the type \texttt{list}, which can be defined by |
5743 | 1835 |
\begin{ttbox} |
1836 |
datatype 'a list = Nil |
|
1837 |
| Cons 'a ('a list) |
|
1838 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
6076 | 1839 |
Arithmetic expressions \texttt{aexp} and boolean expressions \texttt{bexp} can be modelled |
5743 | 1840 |
by the mutually recursive datatype definition |
1841 |
\begin{ttbox} |
|
1842 |
datatype 'a aexp = If_then_else ('a bexp) ('a aexp) ('a aexp) |
|
1843 |
| Sum ('a aexp) ('a aexp) |
|
1844 |
| Diff ('a aexp) ('a aexp) |
|
1845 |
| Var 'a |
|
1846 |
| Num nat |
|
1847 |
and 'a bexp = Less ('a aexp) ('a aexp) |
|
1848 |
| And ('a bexp) ('a bexp) |
|
1849 |
| Or ('a bexp) ('a bexp) |
|
1850 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
6076 | 1851 |
The datatype \texttt{term}, which is defined by |
5743 | 1852 |
\begin{ttbox} |
1853 |
datatype ('a, 'b) term = Var 'a |
|
1854 |
| App 'b ((('a, 'b) term) list) |
|
1855 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
1856 |
is an example for a datatype with nested recursion. |
|
3152 | 1857 |
|
5764 | 1858 |
\medskip |
1859 |
||
1860 |
Types in HOL must be non-empty. Each of the new datatypes |
|
1861 |
$(\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@j$ with $1 \le j \le n$ is non-empty iff it has a |
|
1862 |
constructor $C^j@i$ with the following property: for all argument types |
|
1863 |
$\tau^j@{i,i'}$ of the form $(\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@{j'}$ the datatype |
|
1864 |
$(\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@{j'}$ is non-empty. |
|
1865 |
||
1866 |
If there are no nested occurrences of the newly defined datatypes, obviously |
|
1867 |
at least one of the newly defined datatypes $(\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@j$ |
|
1868 |
must have a constructor $C^j@i$ without recursive arguments, a \emph{base |
|
1869 |
case}, to ensure that the new types are non-empty. If there are nested |
|
1870 |
occurrences, a datatype can even be non-empty without having a base case |
|
6076 | 1871 |
itself. Since \texttt{list} is a non-empty datatype, \texttt{datatype t = C (t |
5764 | 1872 |
list)} is non-empty as well. |
1873 |
||
6119
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
1874 |
|
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
1875 |
\subsubsection{Freeness of the constructors} |
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
1876 |
|
5764 | 1877 |
The datatype constructors are automatically defined as functions of their |
1878 |
respective type: |
|
5743 | 1879 |
\[ C^j@i :: [\tau^j@{i,1},\dots,\tau^j@{i,m^j@i}] \To (\alpha@1,\dots,\alpha@h)t@j \] |
6119
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
1880 |
These functions have certain {\em freeness} properties. They construct |
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
1881 |
distinct values: |
3160 | 1882 |
\[ |
5743 | 1883 |
C^j@i~x@1~\dots~x@{m^j@i} \neq C^j@{i'}~y@1~\dots~y@{m^j@{i'}} \qquad |
1884 |
\mbox{for all}~ i \neq i'. |
|
3160 | 1885 |
\] |
6119
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
1886 |
The constructor functions are injective: |
3160 | 1887 |
\[ |
5743 | 1888 |
(C^j@i~x@1~\dots~x@{m^j@i} = C^j@i~y@1~\dots~y@{m^j@i}) = |
1889 |
(x@1 = y@1 \land \dots \land x@{m^j@i} = y@{m^j@i}) |
|
3160 | 1890 |
\] |
5764 | 1891 |
Because the number of distinctness inequalities is quadratic in the number of |
1892 |
constructors, a different representation is used if there are $7$ or more of |
|
1893 |
them. In that case every constructor term is mapped to a natural number: |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1894 |
\[ |
5743 | 1895 |
t@j_ord \, (C^j@i \, x@1 \, \dots \, x@{m^j@i}) = i - 1 |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1896 |
\] |
3152 | 1897 |
Then distinctness of constructor terms is expressed by: |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1898 |
\[ |
5743 | 1899 |
t@j_ord \, x \neq t@j_ord \, y \Imp x \neq y. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1900 |
\] |
3152 | 1901 |
|
6119
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
1902 |
\subsubsection{Structural induction} |
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
1903 |
|
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
1904 |
The datatype package also provides structural induction rules. For |
5764 | 1905 |
datatypes without nested recursion, this is of the following form: |
5743 | 1906 |
\[ |
1907 |
\infer{P@1~x@1 \wedge \dots \wedge P@n~x@n} |
|
1908 |
{\begin{array}{lcl} |
|
1909 |
\Forall x@1 \dots x@{m^1@1}. |
|
1910 |
\List{P@{s^1@{1,1}}~x@{r^1@{1,1}}; \dots; |
|
1911 |
P@{s^1@{1,l^1@1}}~x@{r^1@{1,l^1@1}}} & \Imp & |
|
1912 |
P@1~\left(C^1@1~x@1~\dots~x@{m^1@1}\right) \\ |
|
1913 |
& \vdots \\ |
|
1914 |
\Forall x@1 \dots x@{m^1@{k@1}}. |
|
1915 |
\List{P@{s^1@{k@1,1}}~x@{r^1@{k@1,1}}; \dots; |
|
1916 |
P@{s^1@{k@1,l^1@{k@1}}}~x@{r^1@{k@1,l^1@{k@1}}}} & \Imp & |
|
1917 |
P@1~\left(C^1@{k@1}~x@1~\ldots~x@{m^1@{k@1}}\right) \\ |
|
1918 |
& \vdots \\ |
|
1919 |
\Forall x@1 \dots x@{m^n@1}. |
|
1920 |
\List{P@{s^n@{1,1}}~x@{r^n@{1,1}}; \dots; |
|
1921 |
P@{s^n@{1,l^n@1}}~x@{r^n@{1,l^n@1}}} & \Imp & |
|
1922 |
P@n~\left(C^n@1~x@1~\ldots~x@{m^n@1}\right) \\ |
|
1923 |
& \vdots \\ |
|
1924 |
\Forall x@1 \dots x@{m^n@{k@n}}. |
|
1925 |
\List{P@{s^n@{k@n,1}}~x@{r^n@{k@n,1}}; \dots |
|
1926 |
P@{s^n@{k@n,l^n@{k@n}}}~x@{r^n@{k@n,l^n@{k@n}}}} & \Imp & |
|
1927 |
P@n~\left(C^n@{k@n}~x@1~\ldots~x@{m^n@{k@n}}\right) |
|
1928 |
\end{array}} |
|
1929 |
\] |
|
1930 |
where |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1931 |
\[ |
5743 | 1932 |
\begin{array}{rcl} |
1933 |
Rec^j@i & := & |
|
1934 |
\left\{\left(r^j@{i,1},s^j@{i,1}\right),\ldots, |
|
1935 |
\left(r^j@{i,l^j@i},s^j@{i,l^j@i}\right)\right\} = \\[2ex] |
|
1936 |
&& \left\{(i',i'')~\left|~ |
|
1937 |
1\leq i' \leq m^j@i \wedge 1 \leq i'' \leq n \wedge |
|
1938 |
\tau^j@{i,i'} = (\alpha@1,\ldots,\alpha@h)t@{i''}\right.\right\} |
|
1939 |
\end{array} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1940 |
\] |
5764 | 1941 |
i.e.\ the properties $P@j$ can be assumed for all recursive arguments. |
1942 |
||
6076 | 1943 |
For datatypes with nested recursion, such as the \texttt{term} example from |
5764 | 1944 |
above, things are a bit more complicated. Conceptually, Isabelle/HOL unfolds |
1945 |
a definition like |
|
5743 | 1946 |
\begin{ttbox} |
1947 |
datatype ('a, 'b) term = Var 'a |
|
1948 |
| App 'b ((('a, 'b) term) list) |
|
1949 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
5764 | 1950 |
to an equivalent definition without nesting: |
5743 | 1951 |
\begin{ttbox} |
1952 |
datatype ('a, 'b) term = Var |
|
1953 |
| App 'b (('a, 'b) term_list) |
|
1954 |
and ('a, 'b) term_list = Nil' |
|
1955 |
| Cons' (('a,'b) term) (('a,'b) term_list) |
|
1956 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
6076 | 1957 |
Note however, that the type \texttt{('a,'b) term_list} and the constructors {\tt |
1958 |
Nil'} and \texttt{Cons'} are not really introduced. One can directly work with |
|
1959 |
the original (isomorphic) type \texttt{(('a, 'b) term) list} and its existing |
|
1960 |
constructors \texttt{Nil} and \texttt{Cons}. Thus, the structural induction rule for |
|
1961 |
\texttt{term} gets the form |
|
5743 | 1962 |
\[ |
1963 |
\infer{P@1~x@1 \wedge P@2~x@2} |
|
1964 |
{\begin{array}{l} |
|
1965 |
\Forall x.~P@1~(\mathtt{Var}~x) \\ |
|
1966 |
\Forall x@1~x@2.~P@2~x@2 \Imp P@1~(\mathtt{App}~x@1~x@2) \\ |
|
1967 |
P@2~\mathtt{Nil} \\ |
|
1968 |
\Forall x@1~x@2. \List{P@1~x@1; P@2~x@2} \Imp P@2~(\mathtt{Cons}~x@1~x@2) |
|
1969 |
\end{array}} |
|
1970 |
\] |
|
6076 | 1971 |
Note that there are two predicates $P@1$ and $P@2$, one for the type \texttt{('a,'b) term} |
1972 |
and one for the type \texttt{(('a, 'b) term) list}. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1973 |
|
5764 | 1974 |
\medskip In principle, inductive types are already fully determined by |
6076 | 1975 |
freeness and structural induction. For convenience in applications, |
5764 | 1976 |
the following derived constructions are automatically provided for any |
1977 |
datatype. |
|
3315 | 1978 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
1979 |
\subsubsection{The \sdx{case} construct} |
3315 | 1980 |
|
1981 |
The type comes with an \ML-like \texttt{case}-construct: |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1982 |
\[ |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1983 |
\begin{array}{rrcl} |
5743 | 1984 |
\mbox{\tt case}~e~\mbox{\tt of} & C^j@1~x@{1,1}~\dots~x@{1,m^j@1} & \To & e@1 \\ |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1985 |
\vdots \\ |
5743 | 1986 |
\mid & C^j@{k@j}~x@{k@j,1}~\dots~x@{k@j,m^j@{k@j}} & \To & e@{k@j} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1987 |
\end{array} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1988 |
\] |
5743 | 1989 |
where the $x@{i,j}$ are either identifiers or nested tuple patterns as in |
2994 | 1990 |
\S\ref{subsec:prod-sum}. |
2926 | 1991 |
\begin{warn} |
5764 | 1992 |
All constructors must be present, their order is fixed, and nested patterns |
1993 |
are not supported (with the exception of tuples). Violating this |
|
1994 |
restriction results in strange error messages. |
|
2926 | 1995 |
\end{warn} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1996 |
|
4067
207a7811faa9
Documented `split_t_case' thm genearted by datatype.
nipkow
parents:
3962
diff
changeset
|
1997 |
To perform case distinction on a goal containing a \texttt{case}-construct, |
5743 | 1998 |
the theorem $t@j.$\texttt{split} is provided: |
4067
207a7811faa9
Documented `split_t_case' thm genearted by datatype.
nipkow
parents:
3962
diff
changeset
|
1999 |
\[ |
207a7811faa9
Documented `split_t_case' thm genearted by datatype.
nipkow
parents:
3962
diff
changeset
|
2000 |
\begin{array}{@{}rcl@{}} |
5743 | 2001 |
P(t@j_\mathtt{case}~f@1~\dots~f@{k@j}~e) &\!\!\!=& |
2002 |
\!\!\! ((\forall x@1 \dots x@{m^j@1}. e = C^j@1~x@1\dots x@{m^j@1} \to |
|
2003 |
P(f@1~x@1\dots x@{m^j@1})) \\ |
|
2004 |
&&\!\!\! ~\land~ \dots ~\land \\ |
|
2005 |
&&~\!\!\! (\forall x@1 \dots x@{m^j@{k@j}}. e = C^j@{k@j}~x@1\dots x@{m^j@{k@j}} \to |
|
2006 |
P(f@{k@j}~x@1\dots x@{m^j@{k@j}}))) |
|
4067
207a7811faa9
Documented `split_t_case' thm genearted by datatype.
nipkow
parents:
3962
diff
changeset
|
2007 |
\end{array} |
207a7811faa9
Documented `split_t_case' thm genearted by datatype.
nipkow
parents:
3962
diff
changeset
|
2008 |
\] |
5743 | 2009 |
where $t@j$\texttt{_case} is the internal name of the \texttt{case}-construct. |
4067
207a7811faa9
Documented `split_t_case' thm genearted by datatype.
nipkow
parents:
3962
diff
changeset
|
2010 |
This theorem can be added to a simpset via \ttindex{addsplits} |
207a7811faa9
Documented `split_t_case' thm genearted by datatype.
nipkow
parents:
3962
diff
changeset
|
2011 |
(see~\S\ref{subsec:HOL:case:splitting}). |
207a7811faa9
Documented `split_t_case' thm genearted by datatype.
nipkow
parents:
3962
diff
changeset
|
2012 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2013 |
\subsubsection{The function \cdx{size}}\label{sec:HOL:size} |
3315 | 2014 |
|
5764 | 2015 |
Theory \texttt{Arith} declares a generic function \texttt{size} of type |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2016 |
$\alpha\To nat$. Each datatype defines a particular instance of \texttt{size} |
5764 | 2017 |
by overloading according to the following scheme: |
6072 | 2018 |
%%% FIXME: This formula is too big and is completely unreadable |
3315 | 2019 |
\[ |
5743 | 2020 |
size(C^j@i~x@1~\dots~x@{m^j@i}) = \! |
3315 | 2021 |
\left\{ |
2022 |
\begin{array}{ll} |
|
5743 | 2023 |
0 & \!\mbox{if $Rec^j@i = \emptyset$} \\ |
2024 |
\!\!\begin{array}{l} |
|
2025 |
size~x@{r^j@{i,1}} + \cdots \\ |
|
2026 |
\cdots + size~x@{r^j@{i,l^j@i}} + 1 |
|
2027 |
\end{array} & |
|
2028 |
\!\mbox{if $Rec^j@i = \left\{\left(r^j@{i,1},s^j@{i,1}\right),\ldots, |
|
2029 |
\left(r^j@{i,l^j@i},s^j@{i,l^j@i}\right)\right\}$} |
|
3315 | 2030 |
\end{array} |
2031 |
\right. |
|
2032 |
\] |
|
5764 | 2033 |
where $Rec^j@i$ is defined above. Viewing datatypes as generalised trees, the |
3315 | 2034 |
size of a leaf is 0 and the size of a node is the sum of the sizes of its |
5764 | 2035 |
subtrees ${}+1$. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2036 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2037 |
\subsection{Defining datatypes} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2038 |
|
5764 | 2039 |
The theory syntax for datatype definitions is shown in |
2040 |
Fig.~\ref{datatype-grammar}. In order to be well-formed, a datatype |
|
2041 |
definition has to obey the rules stated in the previous section. As a result |
|
2042 |
the theory is extended with the new types, the constructors, and the theorems |
|
2043 |
listed in the previous section. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2044 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2045 |
\begin{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2046 |
\begin{rail} |
5764 | 2047 |
datatype : 'datatype' typedecls; |
2048 |
||
2049 |
typedecls: ( newtype '=' (cons + '|') ) + 'and' |
|
5743 | 2050 |
; |
5764 | 2051 |
newtype : typevarlist id ( () | '(' infix ')' ) |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2052 |
; |
5743 | 2053 |
cons : name (argtype *) ( () | ( '(' mixfix ')' ) ) |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2054 |
; |
5743 | 2055 |
argtype : id | tid | ('(' typevarlist id ')') |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2056 |
; |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2057 |
\end{rail} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2058 |
\caption{Syntax of datatype declarations} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2059 |
\label{datatype-grammar} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2060 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2061 |
|
5764 | 2062 |
Most of the theorems about datatypes become part of the default simpset and |
2063 |
you never need to see them again because the simplifier applies them |
|
2064 |
automatically. Only induction or exhaustion are usually invoked by hand. |
|
2926 | 2065 |
\begin{ttdescription} |
3045 | 2066 |
\item[\ttindexbold{induct_tac} {\tt"}$x${\tt"} $i$] |
2067 |
applies structural induction on variable $x$ to subgoal $i$, provided the |
|
5743 | 2068 |
type of $x$ is a datatype. |
5764 | 2069 |
\item[\ttindexbold{mutual_induct_tac} |
2070 |
{\tt["}$x@1${\tt",}$\ldots${\tt,"}$x@n${\tt"]} $i$] applies simultaneous |
|
2071 |
structural induction on the variables $x@1,\ldots,x@n$ to subgoal $i$. This |
|
2072 |
is the canonical way to prove properties of mutually recursive datatypes |
|
6076 | 2073 |
such as \texttt{aexp} and \texttt{bexp}, or datatypes with nested recursion such as |
2074 |
\texttt{term}. |
|
2926 | 2075 |
\end{ttdescription} |
3287 | 2076 |
In some cases, induction is overkill and a case distinction over all |
5764 | 2077 |
constructors of the datatype suffices. |
3287 | 2078 |
\begin{ttdescription} |
2079 |
\item[\ttindexbold{exhaust_tac} {\tt"}$u${\tt"} $i$] |
|
3315 | 2080 |
performs an exhaustive case analysis for the term $u$ whose type |
5743 | 2081 |
must be a datatype. If the datatype has $k@j$ constructors |
2082 |
$C^j@1$, \dots $C^j@{k@j}$, subgoal $i$ is replaced by $k@j$ new subgoals which |
|
2083 |
contain the additional assumption $u = C^j@{i'}~x@1~\dots~x@{m^j@{i'}}$ for |
|
2084 |
$i'=1$, $\dots$,~$k@j$. |
|
3315 | 2085 |
\end{ttdescription} |
5764 | 2086 |
|
2087 |
Note that induction is only allowed on free variables that should not occur |
|
2088 |
among the premises of the subgoal. Exhaustion applies to arbitrary terms. |
|
2089 |
||
3315 | 2090 |
\bigskip |
3287 | 2091 |
|
2926 | 2092 |
|
5764 | 2093 |
For the technically minded, we exhibit some more details. Processing the |
2094 |
theory file produces an \ML\ structure which, in addition to the usual |
|
2095 |
components, contains a structure named $t$ for each datatype $t$ defined in |
|
2096 |
the file. Each structure $t$ contains the following elements: |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2097 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2098 |
val distinct : thm list |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2099 |
val inject : thm list |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2100 |
val induct : thm |
5743 | 2101 |
val exhaust : thm |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2102 |
val cases : thm list |
5743 | 2103 |
val split : thm |
2104 |
val split_asm : thm |
|
2105 |
val recs : thm list |
|
2106 |
val size : thm list |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2107 |
val simps : thm list |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2108 |
\end{ttbox} |
6076 | 2109 |
\texttt{distinct}, \texttt{inject}, \texttt{induct}, \texttt{size} |
2110 |
and \texttt{split} contain the theorems |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2111 |
described above. For user convenience, \texttt{distinct} contains |
3152 | 2112 |
inequalities in both directions. The reduction rules of the {\tt |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2113 |
case}-construct are in \texttt{cases}. All theorems from {\tt |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2114 |
distinct}, \texttt{inject} and \texttt{cases} are combined in \texttt{simps}. |
6076 | 2115 |
In case of mutually recursive datatypes, \texttt{recs}, \texttt{size}, \texttt{induct} |
2116 |
and \texttt{simps} are contained in a separate structure named $t@1_\ldots_t@n$. |
|
5743 | 2117 |
|
5764 | 2118 |
|
2119 |
\subsection{Representing existing types as datatypes} |
|
2120 |
||
6076 | 2121 |
For foundational reasons, some basic types such as \texttt{nat}, \texttt{*}, {\tt |
2122 |
+}, \texttt{bool} and \texttt{unit} are not defined in a \texttt{datatype} section, |
|
5764 | 2123 |
but by more primitive means using \texttt{typedef}. To be able to use the |
6076 | 2124 |
tactics \texttt{induct_tac} and \texttt{exhaust_tac} and to define functions by |
5764 | 2125 |
primitive recursion on these types, such types may be represented as actual |
2126 |
datatypes. This is done by specifying an induction rule, as well as theorems |
|
2127 |
stating the distinctness and injectivity of constructors in a {\tt |
|
2128 |
rep_datatype} section. For type \texttt{nat} this works as follows: |
|
5743 | 2129 |
\begin{ttbox} |
2130 |
rep_datatype nat |
|
2131 |
distinct Suc_not_Zero, Zero_not_Suc |
|
2132 |
inject Suc_Suc_eq |
|
2133 |
induct nat_induct |
|
2134 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
5764 | 2135 |
The datatype package automatically derives additional theorems for recursion |
2136 |
and case combinators from these rules. Any of the basic HOL types mentioned |
|
2137 |
above are represented as datatypes. Try an induction on \texttt{bool} |
|
2138 |
today. |
|
2139 |
||
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2140 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2141 |
\subsection{Examples} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2142 |
|
3180 | 2143 |
\subsubsection{The datatype $\alpha~mylist$} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2144 |
|
5764 | 2145 |
We want to define a type $\alpha~mylist$. To do this we have to build a new |
2146 |
theory that contains the type definition. We start from the theory |
|
2147 |
\texttt{Datatype} instead of \texttt{Main} in order to avoid clashes with the |
|
2148 |
\texttt{List} theory of Isabelle/HOL. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2149 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5743 | 2150 |
MyList = Datatype + |
3180 | 2151 |
datatype 'a mylist = Nil | Cons 'a ('a mylist) |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2152 |
end |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2153 |
\end{ttbox} |
5764 | 2154 |
After loading the theory, we can prove $Cons~x~xs\neq xs$, for example. To |
2155 |
ease the induction applied below, we state the goal with $x$ quantified at the |
|
2156 |
object-level. This will be stripped later using \ttindex{qed_spec_mp}. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2157 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5151 | 2158 |
Goal "!x. Cons x xs ~= xs"; |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2159 |
{\out Level 0} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2160 |
{\out ! x. Cons x xs ~= xs} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2161 |
{\out 1. ! x. Cons x xs ~= xs} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2162 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2163 |
This can be proved by the structural induction tactic: |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2164 |
\begin{ttbox} |
3045 | 2165 |
by (induct_tac "xs" 1); |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2166 |
{\out Level 1} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2167 |
{\out ! x. Cons x xs ~= xs} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2168 |
{\out 1. ! x. Cons x Nil ~= Nil} |
3180 | 2169 |
{\out 2. !!a mylist.} |
2170 |
{\out ! x. Cons x mylist ~= mylist ==>} |
|
2171 |
{\out ! x. Cons x (Cons a mylist) ~= Cons a mylist} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2172 |
\end{ttbox} |
5764 | 2173 |
The first subgoal can be proved using the simplifier. Isabelle/HOL has |
2174 |
already added the freeness properties of lists to the default simplification |
|
2175 |
set. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2176 |
\begin{ttbox} |
2495 | 2177 |
by (Simp_tac 1); |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2178 |
{\out Level 2} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2179 |
{\out ! x. Cons x xs ~= xs} |
3180 | 2180 |
{\out 1. !!a mylist.} |
2181 |
{\out ! x. Cons x mylist ~= mylist ==>} |
|
2182 |
{\out ! x. Cons x (Cons a mylist) ~= Cons a mylist} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2183 |
\end{ttbox} |
2495 | 2184 |
Similarly, we prove the remaining goal. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2185 |
\begin{ttbox} |
2495 | 2186 |
by (Asm_simp_tac 1); |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2187 |
{\out Level 3} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2188 |
{\out ! x. Cons x xs ~= xs} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2189 |
{\out No subgoals!} |
3160 | 2190 |
\ttbreak |
2191 |
qed_spec_mp "not_Cons_self"; |
|
6119
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
2192 |
{\out val not_Cons_self = "Cons x xs ~= xs" : thm} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2193 |
\end{ttbox} |
3160 | 2194 |
Because both subgoals could have been proved by \texttt{Asm_simp_tac} |
2195 |
we could have done that in one step: |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2196 |
\begin{ttbox} |
2495 | 2197 |
by (ALLGOALS Asm_simp_tac); |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2198 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2199 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
|
3180 | 2201 |
\subsubsection{The datatype $\alpha~mylist$ with mixfix syntax} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2202 |
|
3181 | 2203 |
In this example we define the type $\alpha~mylist$ again but this time |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2204 |
we want to write \texttt{[]} for \texttt{Nil} and we want to use infix |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2205 |
notation \verb|#| for \texttt{Cons}. To do this we simply add mixfix |
3181 | 2206 |
annotations after the constructor declarations as follows: |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2207 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5743 | 2208 |
MyList = Datatype + |
3180 | 2209 |
datatype 'a mylist = |
3152 | 2210 |
Nil ("[]") | |
3180 | 2211 |
Cons 'a ('a mylist) (infixr "#" 70) |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2212 |
end |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2213 |
\end{ttbox} |
5764 | 2214 |
Now the theorem in the previous example can be written \verb|x#xs ~= xs|. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2215 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2216 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2217 |
\subsubsection{A datatype for weekdays} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2218 |
|
3152 | 2219 |
This example shows a datatype that consists of 7 constructors: |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2220 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5151 | 2221 |
Days = Main + |
3160 | 2222 |
datatype days = Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2223 |
end |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2224 |
\end{ttbox} |
5743 | 2225 |
Because there are more than 6 constructors, inequality is expressed via a function |
3160 | 2226 |
\verb|days_ord|. The theorem \verb|Mon ~= Tue| is not directly |
2227 |
contained among the distinctness theorems, but the simplifier can |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2228 |
prove it thanks to rewrite rules inherited from theory \texttt{Arith}: |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2229 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5151 | 2230 |
Goal "Mon ~= Tue"; |
2495 | 2231 |
by (Simp_tac 1); |
2232 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
2233 |
You need not derive such inequalities explicitly: the simplifier will dispose |
|
2234 |
of them automatically. |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2235 |
\index{*datatype|)} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2236 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2237 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2238 |
\section{Recursive function definitions}\label{sec:HOL:recursive} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2239 |
\index{recursive functions|see{recursion}} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2240 |
|
5764 | 2241 |
Isabelle/HOL provides two main mechanisms of defining recursive functions. |
2242 |
\begin{enumerate} |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2243 |
\item \textbf{Primitive recursion} is available only for datatypes, and it is |
5764 | 2244 |
somewhat restrictive. Recursive calls are only allowed on the argument's |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2245 |
immediate constituents. On the other hand, it is the form of recursion most |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2246 |
often wanted, and it is easy to use. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2247 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2248 |
\item \textbf{Well-founded recursion} requires that you supply a well-founded |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2249 |
relation that governs the recursion. Recursive calls are only allowed if |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2250 |
they make the argument decrease under the relation. Complicated recursion |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2251 |
forms, such as nested recursion, can be dealt with. Termination can even be |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2252 |
proved at a later time, though having unsolved termination conditions around |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2253 |
can make work difficult.% |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2254 |
\footnote{This facility is based on Konrad Slind's TFL |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2255 |
package~\cite{slind-tfl}. Thanks are due to Konrad for implementing TFL |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2256 |
and assisting with its installation.} |
5764 | 2257 |
\end{enumerate} |
2258 |
||
2259 |
Following good HOL tradition, these declarations do not assert arbitrary |
|
2260 |
axioms. Instead, they define the function using a recursion operator. Both |
|
2261 |
HOL and ZF derive the theory of well-founded recursion from first |
|
2262 |
principles~\cite{paulson-set-II}. Primitive recursion over some datatype |
|
2263 |
relies on the recursion operator provided by the datatype package. With |
|
2264 |
either form of function definition, Isabelle proves the desired recursion |
|
2265 |
equations as theorems. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2266 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2267 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2268 |
\subsection{Primitive recursive functions} |
1422
bc628f4ef0cb
New version of type sections and many small changes.
nipkow
parents:
1389
diff
changeset
|
2269 |
\label{sec:HOL:primrec} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2270 |
\index{recursion!primitive|(} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2271 |
\index{*primrec|(} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2272 |
|
5764 | 2273 |
Datatypes come with a uniform way of defining functions, {\bf primitive |
2274 |
recursion}. In principle, one could introduce primitive recursive functions |
|
6119
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
2275 |
by asserting their reduction rules as new axioms, but this is not recommended: |
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
2276 |
\begin{ttbox}\slshape |
5764 | 2277 |
Append = Main + |
2278 |
consts app :: ['a list, 'a list] => 'a list |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2279 |
rules |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2280 |
app_Nil "app [] ys = ys" |
1162 | 2281 |
app_Cons "app (x#xs) ys = x#app xs ys" |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2282 |
end |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2283 |
\end{ttbox} |
6119
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
2284 |
Asserting axioms brings the danger of accidentally asserting nonsense, as |
5764 | 2285 |
in \verb$app [] ys = us$. |
3152 | 2286 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2287 |
The \ttindex{primrec} declaration is a safe means of defining primitive |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2288 |
recursive functions on datatypes: |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2289 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5764 | 2290 |
Append = Main + |
2291 |
consts app :: ['a list, 'a list] => 'a list |
|
5743 | 2292 |
primrec |
2926 | 2293 |
"app [] ys = ys" |
2294 |
"app (x#xs) ys = x#app xs ys" |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2295 |
end |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2296 |
\end{ttbox} |
2926 | 2297 |
Isabelle will now check that the two rules do indeed form a primitive |
5764 | 2298 |
recursive definition. For example |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2299 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5743 | 2300 |
primrec |
2926 | 2301 |
"app [] ys = us" |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2302 |
\end{ttbox} |
5764 | 2303 |
is rejected with an error message ``\texttt{Extra variables on rhs}''. |
3152 | 2304 |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2305 |
\bigskip |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2306 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2307 |
The general form of a primitive recursive definition is |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2308 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5743 | 2309 |
primrec |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2310 |
{\it reduction rules} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2311 |
\end{ttbox} |
5743 | 2312 |
where \textit{reduction rules} specify one or more equations of the form |
2313 |
\[ f \, x@1 \, \dots \, x@m \, (C \, y@1 \, \dots \, y@k) \, z@1 \, |
|
5764 | 2314 |
\dots \, z@n = r \] such that $C$ is a constructor of the datatype, $r$ |
2315 |
contains only the free variables on the left-hand side, and all recursive |
|
2316 |
calls in $r$ are of the form $f \, \dots \, y@i \, \dots$ for some $i$. There |
|
2317 |
must be at most one reduction rule for each constructor. The order is |
|
2318 |
immaterial. For missing constructors, the function is defined to return a |
|
6119
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
2319 |
default value. |
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
2320 |
|
5743 | 2321 |
If you would like to refer to some rule by name, then you must prefix |
2322 |
the rule with an identifier. These identifiers, like those in the |
|
2323 |
\texttt{rules} section of a theory, will be visible at the \ML\ level. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2324 |
|
2495 | 2325 |
The primitive recursive function can have infix or mixfix syntax: |
2926 | 2326 |
\begin{ttbox}\underscoreon |
5764 | 2327 |
consts "@" :: ['a list, 'a list] => 'a list (infixr 60) |
5743 | 2328 |
primrec |
2926 | 2329 |
"[] @ ys = ys" |
2330 |
"(x#xs) @ ys = x#(xs @ ys)" |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2331 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2332 |
|
6119
7e3eb9b4df8e
minor updates on inductive definitions and datatypes
paulson
parents:
6076
diff
changeset
|
2333 |
The reduction rules become part of the default simpset, which |
5764 | 2334 |
leads to short proof scripts: |
2926 | 2335 |
\begin{ttbox}\underscoreon |
5151 | 2336 |
Goal "(xs @ ys) @ zs = xs @ (ys @ zs)"; |
3045 | 2337 |
by (induct\_tac "xs" 1); |
2926 | 2338 |
by (ALLGOALS Asm\_simp\_tac); |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2339 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2340 |
|
5743 | 2341 |
\subsubsection{Example: Evaluation of expressions} |
6076 | 2342 |
Using mutual primitive recursion, we can define evaluation functions \texttt{eval_aexp} |
2343 |
and \texttt{eval_bexp} for the datatypes of arithmetic and boolean expressions mentioned in |
|
5743 | 2344 |
\S\ref{subsec:datatype:basics}: |
2345 |
\begin{ttbox} |
|
2346 |
consts |
|
2347 |
eval_aexp :: "['a => nat, 'a aexp] => nat" |
|
2348 |
eval_bexp :: "['a => nat, 'a bexp] => bool" |
|
2349 |
||
2350 |
primrec |
|
2351 |
"eval_aexp env (If_then_else b a1 a2) = |
|
2352 |
(if eval_bexp env b then eval_aexp env a1 else eval_aexp env a2)" |
|
2353 |
"eval_aexp env (Sum a1 a2) = eval_aexp env a1 + eval_aexp env a2" |
|
2354 |
"eval_aexp env (Diff a1 a2) = eval_aexp env a1 - eval_aexp env a2" |
|
2355 |
"eval_aexp env (Var v) = env v" |
|
2356 |
"eval_aexp env (Num n) = n" |
|
2357 |
||
2358 |
"eval_bexp env (Less a1 a2) = (eval_aexp env a1 < eval_aexp env a2)" |
|
2359 |
"eval_bexp env (And b1 b2) = (eval_bexp env b1 & eval_bexp env b2)" |
|
2360 |
"eval_bexp env (Or b1 b2) = (eval_bexp env b1 & eval_bexp env b2)" |
|
2361 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
2362 |
Since the value of an expression depends on the value of its variables, |
|
6076 | 2363 |
the functions \texttt{eval_aexp} and \texttt{eval_bexp} take an additional |
2364 |
parameter, an {\em environment} of type \texttt{'a => nat}, which maps |
|
5743 | 2365 |
variables to their values. |
2366 |
||
6076 | 2367 |
Similarly, we may define substitution functions \texttt{subst_aexp} |
2368 |
and \texttt{subst_bexp} for expressions: The mapping \texttt{f} of type |
|
2369 |
\texttt{'a => 'a aexp} given as a parameter is lifted canonically |
|
5743 | 2370 |
on the types {'a aexp} and {'a bexp}: |
2371 |
\begin{ttbox} |
|
2372 |
consts |
|
2373 |
subst_aexp :: "['a => 'b aexp, 'a aexp] => 'b aexp" |
|
2374 |
subst_bexp :: "['a => 'b aexp, 'a bexp] => 'b bexp" |
|
2375 |
||
2376 |
primrec |
|
2377 |
"subst_aexp f (If_then_else b a1 a2) = |
|
2378 |
If_then_else (subst_bexp f b) (subst_aexp f a1) (subst_aexp f a2)" |
|
2379 |
"subst_aexp f (Sum a1 a2) = Sum (subst_aexp f a1) (subst_aexp f a2)" |
|
2380 |
"subst_aexp f (Diff a1 a2) = Diff (subst_aexp f a1) (subst_aexp f a2)" |
|
2381 |
"subst_aexp f (Var v) = f v" |
|
2382 |
"subst_aexp f (Num n) = Num n" |
|
2383 |
||
2384 |
"subst_bexp f (Less a1 a2) = Less (subst_aexp f a1) (subst_aexp f a2)" |
|
2385 |
"subst_bexp f (And b1 b2) = And (subst_bexp f b1) (subst_bexp f b2)" |
|
2386 |
"subst_bexp f (Or b1 b2) = Or (subst_bexp f b1) (subst_bexp f b2)" |
|
2387 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
2388 |
In textbooks about semantics one often finds {\em substitution theorems}, |
|
2389 |
which express the relationship between substitution and evaluation. For |
|
5764 | 2390 |
\texttt{'a aexp} and \texttt{'a bexp}, we can prove such a theorem by mutual |
2391 |
induction, followed by simplification: |
|
5743 | 2392 |
\begin{ttbox} |
2393 |
Goal |
|
2394 |
"eval_aexp env (subst_aexp (Var(v := a')) a) = |
|
2395 |
eval_aexp (env(v := eval_aexp env a')) a & |
|
2396 |
eval_bexp env (subst_bexp (Var(v := a')) b) = |
|
2397 |
eval_bexp (env(v := eval_aexp env a')) b"; |
|
2398 |
by (mutual_induct_tac ["a","b"] 1); |
|
2399 |
by (ALLGOALS Asm_full_simp_tac); |
|
2400 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
2401 |
||
2402 |
\subsubsection{Example: A substitution function for terms} |
|
2403 |
Functions on datatypes with nested recursion, such as the type |
|
6076 | 2404 |
\texttt{term} mentioned in \S\ref{subsec:datatype:basics}, are |
5743 | 2405 |
also defined by mutual primitive recursion. A substitution |
6076 | 2406 |
function \texttt{subst_term} on type \texttt{term}, similar to the functions |
2407 |
\texttt{subst_aexp} and \texttt{subst_bexp} described above, can |
|
5743 | 2408 |
be defined as follows: |
2409 |
\begin{ttbox} |
|
2410 |
consts |
|
2411 |
subst_term :: "['a => ('a, 'b) term, ('a, 'b) term] => ('a, 'b) term" |
|
2412 |
subst_term_list :: |
|
2413 |
"['a => ('a, 'b) term, ('a, 'b) term list] => ('a, 'b) term list" |
|
2414 |
||
2415 |
primrec |
|
2416 |
"subst_term f (Var a) = f a" |
|
2417 |
"subst_term f (App b ts) = App b (subst_term_list f ts)" |
|
2418 |
||
2419 |
"subst_term_list f [] = []" |
|
2420 |
"subst_term_list f (t # ts) = |
|
2421 |
subst_term f t # subst_term_list f ts" |
|
2422 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
5764 | 2423 |
The recursion scheme follows the structure of the unfolded definition of type |
6076 | 2424 |
\texttt{term} shown in \S\ref{subsec:datatype:basics}. To prove properties of |
5764 | 2425 |
this substitution function, mutual induction is needed: |
5743 | 2426 |
\begin{ttbox} |
2427 |
Goal |
|
2428 |
"(subst_term ((subst_term f1) o f2) t) = |
|
2429 |
(subst_term f1 (subst_term f2 t)) & |
|
2430 |
(subst_term_list ((subst_term f1) o f2) ts) = |
|
2431 |
(subst_term_list f1 (subst_term_list f2 ts))"; |
|
2432 |
by (mutual_induct_tac ["t", "ts"] 1); |
|
2433 |
by (ALLGOALS Asm_full_simp_tac); |
|
2434 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
2435 |
||
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2436 |
\index{recursion!primitive|)} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2437 |
\index{*primrec|)} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2438 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2439 |
|
4803
8428d4699d58
Clearer description of recdef, including use of {}
paulson
parents:
4591
diff
changeset
|
2440 |
\subsection{General recursive functions} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2441 |
\label{sec:HOL:recdef} |
3962 | 2442 |
\index{recursion!general|(} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2443 |
\index{*recdef|(} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2444 |
|
4803
8428d4699d58
Clearer description of recdef, including use of {}
paulson
parents:
4591
diff
changeset
|
2445 |
Using \texttt{recdef}, you can declare functions involving nested recursion |
8428d4699d58
Clearer description of recdef, including use of {}
paulson
parents:
4591
diff
changeset
|
2446 |
and pattern-matching. Recursion need not involve datatypes and there are few |
8428d4699d58
Clearer description of recdef, including use of {}
paulson
parents:
4591
diff
changeset
|
2447 |
syntactic restrictions. Termination is proved by showing that each recursive |
8428d4699d58
Clearer description of recdef, including use of {}
paulson
parents:
4591
diff
changeset
|
2448 |
call makes the argument smaller in a suitable sense, which you specify by |
8428d4699d58
Clearer description of recdef, including use of {}
paulson
parents:
4591
diff
changeset
|
2449 |
supplying a well-founded relation. |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2450 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2451 |
Here is a simple example, the Fibonacci function. The first line declares |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2452 |
\texttt{fib} to be a constant. The well-founded relation is simply~$<$ (on |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2453 |
the natural numbers). Pattern-matching is used here: \texttt{1} is a |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2454 |
macro for \texttt{Suc~0}. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2455 |
\begin{ttbox} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2456 |
consts fib :: "nat => nat" |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2457 |
recdef fib "less_than" |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2458 |
"fib 0 = 0" |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2459 |
"fib 1 = 1" |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2460 |
"fib (Suc(Suc x)) = (fib x + fib (Suc x))" |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2461 |
\end{ttbox} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2462 |
|
4591 | 2463 |
With \texttt{recdef}, function definitions may be incomplete, and patterns may |
2464 |
overlap, as in functional programming. The \texttt{recdef} package |
|
2465 |
disambiguates overlapping patterns by taking the order of rules into account. |
|
5764 | 2466 |
For missing patterns, the function is defined to return a default value. |
2467 |
||
2468 |
%For example, here is a declaration of the list function \cdx{hd}: |
|
2469 |
%\begin{ttbox} |
|
2470 |
%consts hd :: 'a list => 'a |
|
2471 |
%recdef hd "\{\}" |
|
2472 |
% "hd (x#l) = x" |
|
2473 |
%\end{ttbox} |
|
2474 |
%Because this function is not recursive, we may supply the empty well-founded |
|
2475 |
%relation, $\{\}$. |
|
4591 | 2476 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2477 |
The well-founded relation defines a notion of ``smaller'' for the function's |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2478 |
argument type. The relation $\prec$ is \textbf{well-founded} provided it |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2479 |
admits no infinitely decreasing chains |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2480 |
\[ \cdots\prec x@n\prec\cdots\prec x@1. \] |
5764 | 2481 |
If the function's argument has type~$\tau$, then $\prec$ has to be a relation |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2482 |
over~$\tau$: it must have type $(\tau\times\tau)set$. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2483 |
|
5764 | 2484 |
Proving well-foundedness can be tricky, so Isabelle/HOL provides a collection |
2485 |
of operators for building well-founded relations. The package recognises |
|
2486 |
these operators and automatically proves that the constructed relation is |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2487 |
well-founded. Here are those operators, in order of importance: |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2488 |
\begin{itemize} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2489 |
\item \texttt{less_than} is ``less than'' on the natural numbers. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2490 |
(It has type $(nat\times nat)set$, while $<$ has type $[nat,nat]\To bool$. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2491 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2492 |
\item $\mathop{\mathtt{measure}} f$, where $f$ has type $\tau\To nat$, is the |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2493 |
relation~$\prec$ on type~$\tau$ such that $x\prec y$ iff $f(x)<f(y)$. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2494 |
Typically, $f$ takes the recursive function's arguments (as a tuple) and |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2495 |
returns a result expressed in terms of the function \texttt{size}. It is |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2496 |
called a \textbf{measure function}. Recall that \texttt{size} is overloaded |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2497 |
and is defined on all datatypes (see \S\ref{sec:HOL:size}). |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2498 |
|
5764 | 2499 |
\item $\mathop{\mathtt{inv_image}} f\;R$ is a generalisation of |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2500 |
\texttt{measure}. It specifies a relation such that $x\prec y$ iff $f(x)$ |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2501 |
is less than $f(y)$ according to~$R$, which must itself be a well-founded |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2502 |
relation. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2503 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2504 |
\item $R@1\texttt{**}R@2$ is the lexicographic product of two relations. It |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2505 |
is a relation on pairs and satisfies $(x@1,x@2)\prec(y@1,y@2)$ iff $x@1$ |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2506 |
is less than $y@1$ according to~$R@1$ or $x@1=y@1$ and $x@2$ |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2507 |
is less than $y@2$ according to~$R@2$. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2508 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2509 |
\item \texttt{finite_psubset} is the proper subset relation on finite sets. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2510 |
\end{itemize} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2511 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2512 |
We can use \texttt{measure} to declare Euclid's algorithm for the greatest |
5151 | 2513 |
common divisor. The measure function, $\lambda(m,n). n$, specifies that the |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2514 |
recursion terminates because argument~$n$ decreases. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2515 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5151 | 2516 |
recdef gcd "measure ((\%(m,n). n) ::nat*nat=>nat)" |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2517 |
"gcd (m, n) = (if n=0 then m else gcd(n, m mod n))" |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2518 |
\end{ttbox} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2519 |
|
4591 | 2520 |
The general form of a well-founded recursive definition is |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2521 |
\begin{ttbox} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2522 |
recdef {\it function} {\it rel} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2523 |
congs {\it congruence rules} {\bf(optional)} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2524 |
simpset {\it simplification set} {\bf(optional)} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2525 |
{\it reduction rules} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2526 |
\end{ttbox} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2527 |
where |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2528 |
\begin{itemize} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2529 |
\item \textit{function} is the name of the function, either as an \textit{id} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2530 |
or a \textit{string}. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2531 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2532 |
\item \textit{rel} is a {\HOL} expression for the well-founded termination |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2533 |
relation. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2534 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2535 |
\item \textit{congruence rules} are required only in highly exceptional |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2536 |
circumstances. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2537 |
|
5764 | 2538 |
\item The \textit{simplification set} is used to prove that the supplied |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2539 |
relation is well-founded. It is also used to prove the \textbf{termination |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2540 |
conditions}: assertions that arguments of recursive calls decrease under |
4877 | 2541 |
\textit{rel}. By default, simplification uses \texttt{simpset()}, which |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2542 |
is sufficient to prove well-foundedness for the built-in relations listed |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2543 |
above. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2544 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2545 |
\item \textit{reduction rules} specify one or more recursion equations. Each |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2546 |
left-hand side must have the form $f\,t$, where $f$ is the function and $t$ |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2547 |
is a tuple of distinct variables. If more than one equation is present then |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2548 |
$f$ is defined by pattern-matching on components of its argument whose type |
4591 | 2549 |
is a \texttt{datatype}. |
2550 |
||
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2551 |
Unlike with \texttt{primrec}, the reduction rules are not added to the |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2552 |
default simpset, and individual rules may not be labelled with identifiers. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2553 |
However, the identifier $f$\texttt{.rules} is visible at the \ML\ level |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2554 |
as a list of theorems. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2555 |
\end{itemize} |
3152 | 2556 |
|
5764 | 2557 |
With the definition of \texttt{gcd} shown above, Isabelle/HOL is unable to |
2558 |
prove one termination condition. It remains as a precondition of the |
|
2559 |
recursion theorems. |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2560 |
\begin{ttbox} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2561 |
gcd.rules; |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2562 |
{\out ["! m n. n ~= 0 --> m mod n < n} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2563 |
{\out ==> gcd (?m, ?n) = (if ?n = 0 then ?m else gcd (?n, ?m mod ?n))"] } |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2564 |
{\out : thm list} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2565 |
\end{ttbox} |
5764 | 2566 |
The theory \texttt{HOL/ex/Primes} illustrates how to prove termination |
2567 |
conditions afterwards. The function \texttt{Tfl.tgoalw} is like the standard |
|
2568 |
function \texttt{goalw}, which sets up a goal to prove, but its argument |
|
2569 |
should be the identifier $f$\texttt{.rules} and its effect is to set up a |
|
2570 |
proof of the termination conditions: |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2571 |
\begin{ttbox} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2572 |
Tfl.tgoalw thy [] gcd.rules; |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2573 |
{\out Level 0} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2574 |
{\out ! m n. n ~= 0 --> m mod n < n} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2575 |
{\out 1. ! m n. n ~= 0 --> m mod n < n} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2576 |
\end{ttbox} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2577 |
This subgoal has a one-step proof using \texttt{simp_tac}. Once the theorem |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2578 |
is proved, it can be used to eliminate the termination conditions from |
5764 | 2579 |
elements of \texttt{gcd.rules}. Theory \texttt{HOL/Subst/Unify} is a much |
2580 |
more complicated example of this process, where the termination conditions can |
|
2581 |
only be proved by complicated reasoning involving the recursive function |
|
2582 |
itself. |
|
2583 |
||
2584 |
Isabelle/HOL can prove the \texttt{gcd} function's termination condition |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2585 |
automatically if supplied with the right simpset. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2586 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5151 | 2587 |
recdef gcd "measure ((\%(m,n). n) ::nat*nat=>nat)" |
4877 | 2588 |
simpset "simpset() addsimps [mod_less_divisor, zero_less_eq]" |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2589 |
"gcd (m, n) = (if n=0 then m else gcd(n, m mod n))" |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2590 |
\end{ttbox} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2591 |
|
5764 | 2592 |
A \texttt{recdef} definition also returns an induction rule specialised for |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2593 |
the recursive function. For the \texttt{gcd} function above, the induction |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2594 |
rule is |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2595 |
\begin{ttbox} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2596 |
gcd.induct; |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2597 |
{\out "(!!m n. n ~= 0 --> ?P n (m mod n) ==> ?P m n) ==> ?P ?u ?v" : thm} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2598 |
\end{ttbox} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2599 |
This rule should be used to reason inductively about the \texttt{gcd} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2600 |
function. It usually makes the induction hypothesis available at all |
5764 | 2601 |
recursive calls, leading to very direct proofs. If any termination conditions |
2602 |
remain unproved, they will become additional premises of this rule. |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2603 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2604 |
\index{recursion!general|)} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2605 |
\index{*recdef|)} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2606 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2607 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2608 |
\section{Inductive and coinductive definitions} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2609 |
\index{*inductive|(} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2610 |
\index{*coinductive|(} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2611 |
|
2975
230f456956a2
Corrected the informal description of coinductive definition
paulson
parents:
2933
diff
changeset
|
2612 |
An {\bf inductive definition} specifies the least set~$R$ closed under given |
230f456956a2
Corrected the informal description of coinductive definition
paulson
parents:
2933
diff
changeset
|
2613 |
rules. (Applying a rule to elements of~$R$ yields a result within~$R$.) For |
230f456956a2
Corrected the informal description of coinductive definition
paulson
parents:
2933
diff
changeset
|
2614 |
example, a structural operational semantics is an inductive definition of an |
230f456956a2
Corrected the informal description of coinductive definition
paulson
parents:
2933
diff
changeset
|
2615 |
evaluation relation. Dually, a {\bf coinductive definition} specifies the |
230f456956a2
Corrected the informal description of coinductive definition
paulson
parents:
2933
diff
changeset
|
2616 |
greatest set~$R$ consistent with given rules. (Every element of~$R$ can be |
230f456956a2
Corrected the informal description of coinductive definition
paulson
parents:
2933
diff
changeset
|
2617 |
seen as arising by applying a rule to elements of~$R$.) An important example |
5764 | 2618 |
is using bisimulation relations to formalise equivalence of processes and |
2975
230f456956a2
Corrected the informal description of coinductive definition
paulson
parents:
2933
diff
changeset
|
2619 |
infinite data structures. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2620 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2621 |
A theory file may contain any number of inductive and coinductive |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2622 |
definitions. They may be intermixed with other declarations; in |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2623 |
particular, the (co)inductive sets {\bf must} be declared separately as |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2624 |
constants, and may have mixfix syntax or be subject to syntax translations. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2625 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2626 |
Each (co)inductive definition adds definitions to the theory and also |
3315 | 2627 |
proves some theorems. Each definition creates an \ML\ structure, which is a |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
substructure of the main theory structure. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2629 |
|
5764 | 2630 |
This package is related to the \ZF\ one, described in a separate |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2631 |
paper,% |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2632 |
\footnote{It appeared in CADE~\cite{paulson-CADE}; a longer version is |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2633 |
distributed with Isabelle.} % |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2634 |
which you should refer to in case of difficulties. The package is simpler |
5764 | 2635 |
than \ZF's thanks to \HOL's extra-logical automatic type-checking. The types |
2636 |
of the (co)inductive sets determine the domain of the fixedpoint definition, |
|
2637 |
and the package does not have to use inference rules for type-checking. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2638 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2639 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2640 |
\subsection{The result structure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2641 |
Many of the result structure's components have been discussed in the paper; |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2642 |
others are self-explanatory. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2643 |
\begin{description} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2644 |
\item[\tt defs] is the list of definitions of the recursive sets. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2645 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2646 |
\item[\tt mono] is a monotonicity theorem for the fixedpoint operator. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2647 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2648 |
\item[\tt unfold] is a fixedpoint equation for the recursive set (the union of |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2649 |
the recursive sets, in the case of mutual recursion). |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2650 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2651 |
\item[\tt intrs] is the list of introduction rules, now proved as theorems, for |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2652 |
the recursive sets. The rules are also available individually, using the |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2653 |
names given them in the theory file. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2654 |
|
5743 | 2655 |
\item[\tt elims] is the list of elimination rule. |
2656 |
||
6076 | 2657 |
\item[\tt elim] is the head of the list \texttt{elims}. |
5751 | 2658 |
|
2926 | 2659 |
\item[\tt mk_cases] is a function to create simplified instances of {\tt |
6141 | 2660 |
elim} using freeness reasoning on underlying datatypes. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2661 |
\end{description} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2662 |
|
5743 | 2663 |
For an inductive definition, the result structure contains the |
2664 |
rule \texttt{induct}. For a |
|
2933
f842a75d9624
Updated discussion and references for inductive definitions
paulson
parents:
2926
diff
changeset
|
2665 |
coinductive definition, it contains the rule \verb|coinduct|. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2666 |
|
5764 | 2667 |
Figure~\ref{def-result-fig} summarises the two result signatures, |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2668 |
specifying the types of all these components. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2669 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2670 |
\begin{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2671 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2672 |
sig |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2673 |
val defs : thm list |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2674 |
val mono : thm |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2675 |
val unfold : thm |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2676 |
val intrs : thm list |
5743 | 2677 |
val elims : thm list |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2678 |
val elim : thm |
6141 | 2679 |
val mk_cases : string -> thm |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2680 |
{\it(Inductive definitions only)} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2681 |
val induct : thm |
5764 | 2682 |
{\it(coinductive definitions only)} |
2683 |
val coinduct : thm |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2684 |
end |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2685 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2686 |
\hrule |
5764 | 2687 |
\caption{The {\ML} result of a (co)inductive definition} \label{def-result-fig} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2688 |
\end{figure} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2689 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2690 |
\subsection{The syntax of a (co)inductive definition} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2691 |
An inductive definition has the form |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2692 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5764 | 2693 |
inductive {\it inductive sets} |
2694 |
intrs {\it introduction rules} |
|
2695 |
monos {\it monotonicity theorems} |
|
2696 |
con_defs {\it constructor definitions} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2697 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2698 |
A coinductive definition is identical, except that it starts with the keyword |
6076 | 2699 |
\texttt{coinductive}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2700 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2701 |
The \texttt{monos} and \texttt{con_defs} sections are optional. If present, |
5743 | 2702 |
each is specified by a list of identifiers. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2703 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2704 |
\begin{itemize} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2705 |
\item The \textit{inductive sets} are specified by one or more strings. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2706 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2707 |
\item The \textit{introduction rules} specify one or more introduction rules in |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2708 |
the form \textit{ident\/}~\textit{string}, where the identifier gives the name of |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2709 |
the rule in the result structure. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2710 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2711 |
\item The \textit{monotonicity theorems} are required for each operator |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2712 |
applied to a recursive set in the introduction rules. There {\bf must} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2713 |
be a theorem of the form $A\subseteq B\Imp M(A)\subseteq M(B)$, for each |
2926 | 2714 |
premise $t\in M(R@i)$ in an introduction rule! |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2715 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2716 |
\item The \textit{constructor definitions} contain definitions of constants |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2717 |
appearing in the introduction rules. In most cases it can be omitted. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2718 |
\end{itemize} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2719 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2720 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2721 |
\subsection{Example of an inductive definition} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2722 |
Two declarations, included in a theory file, define the finite powerset |
6076 | 2723 |
operator. First we declare the constant~\texttt{Fin}. Then we declare it |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2724 |
inductively, with two introduction rules: |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2725 |
\begin{ttbox} |
1389 | 2726 |
consts Fin :: 'a set => 'a set set |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2727 |
inductive "Fin A" |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2728 |
intrs |
3152 | 2729 |
emptyI "{\ttlbrace}{\ttrbrace} : Fin A" |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2730 |
insertI "[| a: A; b: Fin A |] ==> insert a b : Fin A" |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2731 |
\end{ttbox} |
6076 | 2732 |
The resulting theory structure contains a substructure, called~\texttt{Fin}. |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2733 |
It contains the \texttt{Fin}$~A$ introduction rules as the list \texttt{Fin.intrs}, |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2734 |
and also individually as \texttt{Fin.emptyI} and \texttt{Fin.consI}. The induction |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2735 |
rule is \texttt{Fin.induct}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2736 |
|
3152 | 2737 |
For another example, here is a theory file defining the accessible |
6076 | 2738 |
part of a relation. The main thing to note is the use of~\texttt{Pow} in |
3152 | 2739 |
the sole introduction rule, and the corresponding mention of the rule |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2740 |
\verb|Pow_mono| in the \texttt{monos} list. The paper |
3152 | 2741 |
\cite{paulson-CADE} discusses a \ZF\ version of this example in more |
2742 |
detail. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2743 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2744 |
Acc = WF + |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2745 |
consts pred :: "['b, ('a * 'b)set] => 'a set" (*Set of predecessors*) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2746 |
acc :: "('a * 'a)set => 'a set" (*Accessible part*) |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2747 |
defs pred_def "pred x r == {y. (y,x):r}" |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2748 |
inductive "acc r" |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2749 |
intrs |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2750 |
pred "pred a r: Pow(acc r) ==> a: acc r" |
5743 | 2751 |
monos Pow_mono |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2752 |
end |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2753 |
\end{ttbox} |
5764 | 2754 |
The Isabelle distribution contains many other inductive definitions. Simple |
2755 |
examples are collected on subdirectory \texttt{HOL/Induct}. The theory |
|
2756 |
\texttt{HOL/Induct/LList} contains coinductive definitions. Larger examples |
|
6076 | 2757 |
may be found on other subdirectories of \texttt{HOL}, such as \texttt{IMP}, |
5764 | 2758 |
\texttt{Lambda} and \texttt{Auth}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2759 |
|
2926 | 2760 |
\index{*coinductive|)} \index{*inductive|)} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2761 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2762 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2763 |
\section{The examples directories} |
2926 | 2764 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2765 |
Directory \texttt{HOL/Auth} contains theories for proving the correctness of |
2926 | 2766 |
cryptographic protocols. The approach is based upon operational |
2767 |
semantics~\cite{paulson-security} rather than the more usual belief logics. |
|
2768 |
On the same directory are proofs for some standard examples, such as the |
|
2769 |
Needham-Schroeder public-key authentication protocol~\cite{paulson-ns} |
|
2770 |
and the Otway-Rees protocol. |
|
2771 |
||
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2772 |
Directory \texttt{HOL/IMP} contains a formalization of various denotational, |
2926 | 2773 |
operational and axiomatic semantics of a simple while-language, the necessary |
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2774 |
equivalence proofs, soundness and completeness of the Hoare rules with respect |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2775 |
to the |
2926 | 2776 |
denotational semantics, and soundness and completeness of a verification |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2777 |
condition generator. Much of development is taken from |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2778 |
Winskel~\cite{winskel93}. For details see~\cite{nipkow-IMP}. |
2926 | 2779 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2780 |
Directory \texttt{HOL/Hoare} contains a user friendly surface syntax for Hoare |
2926 | 2781 |
logic, including a tactic for generating verification-conditions. |
2782 |
||
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2783 |
Directory \texttt{HOL/MiniML} contains a formalization of the type system of the |
2926 | 2784 |
core functional language Mini-ML and a correctness proof for its type |
2785 |
inference algorithm $\cal W$~\cite{milner78,nazareth-nipkow}. |
|
2786 |
||
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2787 |
Directory \texttt{HOL/Lambda} contains a formalization of untyped |
2926 | 2788 |
$\lambda$-calculus in de~Bruijn notation and Church-Rosser proofs for $\beta$ |
2789 |
and $\eta$ reduction~\cite{Nipkow-CR}. |
|
2790 |
||
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2791 |
Directory \texttt{HOL/Subst} contains Martin Coen's mechanization of a theory of |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2792 |
substitutions and unifiers. It is based on Paulson's previous |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2793 |
mechanisation in {\LCF}~\cite{paulson85} of Manna and Waldinger's |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2794 |
theory~\cite{mw81}. It demonstrates a complicated use of \texttt{recdef}, |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2795 |
with nested recursion. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2796 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2797 |
Directory \texttt{HOL/Induct} presents simple examples of (co)inductive |
5743 | 2798 |
definitions and datatypes. |
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2799 |
\begin{itemize} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2800 |
\item Theory \texttt{PropLog} proves the soundness and completeness of |
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2801 |
classical propositional logic, given a truth table semantics. The only |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2802 |
connective is $\imp$. A Hilbert-style axiom system is specified, and its |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2803 |
set of theorems defined inductively. A similar proof in \ZF{} is |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2804 |
described elsewhere~\cite{paulson-set-II}. |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2805 |
|
6076 | 2806 |
\item Theory \texttt{Term} defines the datatype \texttt{term}. |
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2807 |
|
5743 | 2808 |
\item Theory \texttt{ABexp} defines arithmetic and boolean expressions |
2809 |
as mutually recursive datatypes. |
|
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2810 |
|
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2811 |
\item The definition of lazy lists demonstrates methods for handling |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2812 |
infinite data structures and coinduction in higher-order |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2813 |
logic~\cite{paulson-coind}.% |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2814 |
\footnote{To be precise, these lists are \emph{potentially infinite} rather |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2815 |
than lazy. Lazy implies a particular operational semantics.} |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2816 |
Theory \thydx{LList} defines an operator for |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2817 |
corecursion on lazy lists, which is used to define a few simple functions |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2818 |
such as map and append. A coinduction principle is defined |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2819 |
for proving equations on lazy lists. |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2820 |
|
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2821 |
\item Theory \thydx{LFilter} defines the filter functional for lazy lists. |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2822 |
This functional is notoriously difficult to define because finding the next |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2823 |
element meeting the predicate requires possibly unlimited search. It is not |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2824 |
computable, but can be expressed using a combination of induction and |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2825 |
corecursion. |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2826 |
|
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2827 |
\item Theory \thydx{Exp} illustrates the use of iterated inductive definitions |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2828 |
to express a programming language semantics that appears to require mutual |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2829 |
induction. Iterated induction allows greater modularity. |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2830 |
\end{itemize} |
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2831 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2832 |
Directory \texttt{HOL/ex} contains other examples and experimental proofs in |
3132
8e956415412f
Documents directory Induct; stylistic improvements
paulson
parents:
3045
diff
changeset
|
2833 |
{\HOL}. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2834 |
\begin{itemize} |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2835 |
\item Theory \texttt{Recdef} presents many examples of using \texttt{recdef} |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2836 |
to define recursive functions. Another example is \texttt{Fib}, which |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2837 |
defines the Fibonacci function. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2838 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2839 |
\item Theory \texttt{Primes} defines the Greatest Common Divisor of two |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2840 |
natural numbers and proves a key lemma of the Fundamental Theorem of |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2841 |
Arithmetic: if $p$ is prime and $p$ divides $m\times n$ then $p$ divides~$m$ |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2842 |
or $p$ divides~$n$. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2843 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2844 |
\item Theory \texttt{Primrec} develops some computation theory. It |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2845 |
inductively defines the set of primitive recursive functions and presents a |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2846 |
proof that Ackermann's function is not primitive recursive. |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2847 |
|
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2848 |
\item File \texttt{cla.ML} demonstrates the classical reasoner on over sixty |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2849 |
predicate calculus theorems, ranging from simple tautologies to |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2850 |
moderately difficult problems involving equality and quantifiers. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2851 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2852 |
\item File \texttt{meson.ML} contains an experimental implementation of the {\sc |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2853 |
meson} proof procedure, inspired by Plaisted~\cite{plaisted90}. It is |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2854 |
much more powerful than Isabelle's classical reasoner. But it is less |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2855 |
useful in practice because it works only for pure logic; it does not |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2856 |
accept derived rules for the set theory primitives, for example. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2857 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2858 |
\item File \texttt{mesontest.ML} contains test data for the {\sc meson} proof |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2859 |
procedure. These are mostly taken from Pelletier \cite{pelletier86}. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2860 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2861 |
\item File \texttt{set.ML} proves Cantor's Theorem, which is presented in |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
2862 |
\S\ref{sec:hol-cantor} below, and the Schr\"oder-Bernstein Theorem. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2863 |
|
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2864 |
\item Theory \texttt{MT} contains Jacob Frost's formalization~\cite{frost93} of |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2865 |
Milner and Tofte's coinduction example~\cite{milner-coind}. This |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2866 |
substantial proof concerns the soundness of a type system for a simple |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2867 |
functional language. The semantics of recursion is given by a cyclic |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2868 |
environment, which makes a coinductive argument appropriate. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2869 |
\end{itemize} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2870 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2871 |
|
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2872 |
\goodbreak |
1163
c080ff36d24e
changed 'chol' labels to 'hol'; added a few parentheses
clasohm
parents:
1162
diff
changeset
|
2873 |
\section{Example: Cantor's Theorem}\label{sec:hol-cantor} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2874 |
Cantor's Theorem states that every set has more subsets than it has |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2875 |
elements. It has become a favourite example in higher-order logic since |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2876 |
it is so easily expressed: |
3152 | 2877 |
\[ \forall f::\alpha \To \alpha \To bool. \exists S::\alpha\To bool. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2878 |
\forall x::\alpha. f~x \not= S |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2879 |
\] |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2880 |
% |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2881 |
Viewing types as sets, $\alpha\To bool$ represents the powerset |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2882 |
of~$\alpha$. This version states that for every function from $\alpha$ to |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2883 |
its powerset, some subset is outside its range. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2884 |
|
1162 | 2885 |
The Isabelle proof uses \HOL's set theory, with the type $\alpha\,set$ and |
5151 | 2886 |
the operator \cdx{range}. |
2887 |
\begin{ttbox} |
|
2888 |
context Set.thy; |
|
2889 |
\end{ttbox} |
|
2890 |
The set~$S$ is given as an unknown instead of a |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2891 |
quantified variable so that we may inspect the subset found by the proof. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2892 |
\begin{ttbox} |
5151 | 2893 |
Goal "?S ~: range\thinspace(f :: 'a=>'a set)"; |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2894 |
{\out Level 0} |
3152 | 2895 |
{\out ?S ~: range f} |
2896 |
{\out 1. ?S ~: range f} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2897 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2898 |
The first two steps are routine. The rule \tdx{rangeE} replaces |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2899 |
$\Var{S}\in \texttt{range} \, f$ by $\Var{S}=f~x$ for some~$x$. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2900 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2901 |
by (resolve_tac [notI] 1); |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2902 |
{\out Level 1} |
3152 | 2903 |
{\out ?S ~: range f} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2904 |
{\out 1. ?S : range f ==> False} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2905 |
\ttbreak |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2906 |
by (eresolve_tac [rangeE] 1); |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2907 |
{\out Level 2} |
3152 | 2908 |
{\out ?S ~: range f} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2909 |
{\out 1. !!x. ?S = f x ==> False} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2910 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2911 |
Next, we apply \tdx{equalityCE}, reasoning that since $\Var{S}=f~x$, |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2912 |
we have $\Var{c}\in \Var{S}$ if and only if $\Var{c}\in f~x$ for |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2913 |
any~$\Var{c}$. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2914 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2915 |
by (eresolve_tac [equalityCE] 1); |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2916 |
{\out Level 3} |
3152 | 2917 |
{\out ?S ~: range f} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2918 |
{\out 1. !!x. [| ?c3 x : ?S; ?c3 x : f x |] ==> False} |
3152 | 2919 |
{\out 2. !!x. [| ?c3 x ~: ?S; ?c3 x ~: f x |] ==> False} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2920 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2921 |
Now we use a bit of creativity. Suppose that~$\Var{S}$ has the form of a |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2922 |
comprehension. Then $\Var{c}\in\{x.\Var{P}~x\}$ implies |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2923 |
$\Var{P}~\Var{c}$. Destruct-resolution using \tdx{CollectD} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2924 |
instantiates~$\Var{S}$ and creates the new assumption. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2925 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2926 |
by (dresolve_tac [CollectD] 1); |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2927 |
{\out Level 4} |
3152 | 2928 |
{\out {\ttlbrace}x. ?P7 x{\ttrbrace} ~: range f} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2929 |
{\out 1. !!x. [| ?c3 x : f x; ?P7(?c3 x) |] ==> False} |
3152 | 2930 |
{\out 2. !!x. [| ?c3 x ~: {\ttlbrace}x. ?P7 x{\ttrbrace}; ?c3 x ~: f x |] ==> False} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2931 |
\end{ttbox} |
3152 | 2932 |
Forcing a contradiction between the two assumptions of subgoal~1 |
2933 |
completes the instantiation of~$S$. It is now the set $\{x. x\not\in |
|
2934 |
f~x\}$, which is the standard diagonal construction. |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2935 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2936 |
by (contr_tac 1); |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2937 |
{\out Level 5} |
3152 | 2938 |
{\out {\ttlbrace}x. x ~: f x{\ttrbrace} ~: range f} |
2939 |
{\out 1. !!x. [| x ~: {\ttlbrace}x. x ~: f x{\ttrbrace}; x ~: f x |] ==> False} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2940 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2941 |
The rest should be easy. To apply \tdx{CollectI} to the negated |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2942 |
assumption, we employ \ttindex{swap_res_tac}: |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2943 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2944 |
by (swap_res_tac [CollectI] 1); |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2945 |
{\out Level 6} |
3152 | 2946 |
{\out {\ttlbrace}x. x ~: f x{\ttrbrace} ~: range f} |
2947 |
{\out 1. !!x. [| x ~: f x; ~ False |] ==> x ~: f x} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2948 |
\ttbreak |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2949 |
by (assume_tac 1); |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2950 |
{\out Level 7} |
3152 | 2951 |
{\out {\ttlbrace}x. x ~: f x{\ttrbrace} ~: range f} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2952 |
{\out No subgoals!} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2953 |
\end{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2954 |
How much creativity is required? As it happens, Isabelle can prove this |
6076 | 2955 |
theorem automatically. The default classical set \texttt{claset()} contains rules |
1162 | 2956 |
for most of the constructs of \HOL's set theory. We must augment it with |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2957 |
\tdx{equalityCE} to break up set equalities, and then apply best-first |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2958 |
search. Depth-first search would diverge, but best-first search |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2959 |
successfully navigates through the large search space. |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2960 |
\index{search!best-first} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2961 |
\begin{ttbox} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2962 |
choplev 0; |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2963 |
{\out Level 0} |
3152 | 2964 |
{\out ?S ~: range f} |
2965 |
{\out 1. ?S ~: range f} |
|
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2966 |
\ttbreak |
4877 | 2967 |
by (best_tac (claset() addSEs [equalityCE]) 1); |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2968 |
{\out Level 1} |
3152 | 2969 |
{\out {\ttlbrace}x. x ~: f x{\ttrbrace} ~: range f} |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2970 |
{\out No subgoals!} |
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2971 |
\end{ttbox} |
2926 | 2972 |
If you run this example interactively, make sure your current theory contains |
3489
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2973 |
theory \texttt{Set}, for example by executing |
afa802078173
Added documentation for recdef, and tidied some other material
paulson
parents:
3487
diff
changeset
|
2974 |
\ttindex{set_current_thy}~{\tt"Set"}. Otherwise the default claset may not |
2926 | 2975 |
contain the rules for set theory. |
1113
dd7284573601
converted HOL.tex to CHOL.tex; replaced HOL.tex by CHOL.tex
clasohm
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2976 |
\index{higher-order logic|)} |
5735 | 2977 |
|
2978 |
%%% Local Variables: |
|
2979 |
%%% mode: latex |
|
2980 |
%%% TeX-master: "logics" |
|
2981 |
%%% End: |